+

WO2016013260A1 - Polarizing plate, method for producing polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device - Google Patents

Polarizing plate, method for producing polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016013260A1
WO2016013260A1 PCT/JP2015/061600 JP2015061600W WO2016013260A1 WO 2016013260 A1 WO2016013260 A1 WO 2016013260A1 JP 2015061600 W JP2015061600 W JP 2015061600W WO 2016013260 A1 WO2016013260 A1 WO 2016013260A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
polarizer
film
polarizing plate
protective film
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/061600
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
矢野 健太郎
Original Assignee
コニカミノルタ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by コニカミノルタ株式会社 filed Critical コニカミノルタ株式会社
Priority to JP2016535813A priority Critical patent/JPWO2016013260A1/en
Publication of WO2016013260A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016013260A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a polarizing plate having a protective film on a polarizer, a method for producing the polarizing field, and a liquid crystal display device including the polarizing plate.
  • Liquid crystal display devices are becoming thinner and lighter.
  • medium- and small-sized liquid crystal display devices have been reduced in weight, and can be carried to various places.
  • the form which uses a medium-sized liquid crystal display device in high-temperature, high-humidity environment like a bathroom is increasing. Under such a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, the durability of the polarizing plate and the display unevenness of the display device resulting from it become a problem.
  • a polarizing plate is configured by sandwiching a polarizer made of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) from both sides with a protective film.
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • a protective film a cellulose ester film having excellent optical isotropy and transparency and excellent adhesion to PVA, particularly a triacetyl cellulose film (TAC film) has been widely used.
  • the polarizer is made by dyeing iodine on a PVA film, and it is known that iodine is decolorized from the PVA film due to moisture in particular and deteriorates.
  • the PVA film constituting the polarizer is stretched at a very high magnification in order to orient the dyed iodine.
  • the PVA film shrinks by containing moisture, and the polarizing plate Causes warping and distortion.
  • the cellulose ester film used as a protective film has very high moisture permeability and hygroscopicity, there has been a problem that the polarizer is likely to deteriorate as described above due to moisture that passes through the protective film.
  • Patent Document 1 or 2 discloses a technique in which the protective film is made of a low moisture-permeable material such as a polyester-based resin film or a norbornene-based resin film.
  • a low moisture-permeable material such as a polyester-based resin film or a norbornene-based resin film.
  • JP 2008-102475 A see claims 1 and 7, paragraphs [0008] and [0023], etc.
  • the weight of each member has been increasingly reduced, and it has been found that the above technique cannot be applied particularly when the polarizer becomes a thin film (for example, a film thickness of 15 ⁇ m or less).
  • the protective film is made of a material with low moisture permeability, when the polarizer is a thin film, the polarizer is deteriorated under high temperature conditions, and it is impossible to prevent discoloration of the display portion and contrast reduction. I understand.
  • the idea of solving the above problem can be achieved by reducing the amount of water contained in the polarizer.
  • the amount of water contained in the polarizer is too small, the film quality may deteriorate or the adhesion to the protective film may deteriorate, which may adversely affect productivity. It is not preferable.
  • the present invention has been made in order to solve the above-described problem.
  • the object of the present invention is to provide a polarizer under high temperature conditions without reducing the amount of water contained in the polarizer even when the polarizer is a thin film. It is providing the polarizing plate which can suppress deterioration of this, its manufacturing method, and a liquid crystal display device provided with the polarizing plate.
  • a polarizing plate is a polarizing plate having a polarizer and a protective film for protecting the polarizer,
  • the polarizer is made of a film containing polyvinyl alcohol having a film thickness of 15 ⁇ m or less,
  • the protective film has a base material made of cellulose ester and at least one coating layer in this order from the polarizer side,
  • the substrate and the polarizer are adjacent to each other,
  • the substrate has a thickness of 80 ⁇ m or less,
  • the moisture permeability of the coating layer is greater than 1 g / m 2 / day,
  • the moisture permeability of the entire protective film is smaller than 300 g / m 2 / day.
  • the polarizer is a thin film having a film thickness of 15 ⁇ m or less
  • moisture permeability of the protective film coating layer and the entire protective film as described above, moisture from the outside is applied by the coating layer.
  • moisture contained in the polarizer can be transmitted (moisture permeable) through a base material made of cellulose ester under high temperature conditions and escape to the outside through the coating layer.
  • deterioration of the polarizer under high temperature conditions can be suppressed without reducing the amount of water contained in the polarizer.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. It is sectional drawing which shows an example of the manufacturing process of the polarizing plate of the said liquid crystal display device.
  • a polarizer of a polarizing plate is made by dyeing a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) film with iodine, and has a dyed area on the film surface side and a non-dyed area on the film inner side. Conceivable.
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • a thin film polarizer is manufactured by a general known manufacturing method, the thickness of the dyed region does not change unless the dyeing method is changed, and only the non-stained region is thinned. By reducing the thickness of the non-stained region, moisture enters from outside to the dyed region on the surface side, and the polarizer is severely deteriorated.
  • the polarizing plate is configured as follows. That is, the polarizing plate of this embodiment has a polarizer and a protective film that protects the polarizer.
  • the polarizer is made of a film containing PVA having a film thickness of 15 ⁇ m or less.
  • the protective film has a base material made of cellulose ester and at least one coating layer in this order from the polarizer side. The base material and the polarizer are adjacent to each other.
  • the base material has a thickness of 80 ⁇ m or less.
  • the moisture permeability of the coating layer is larger than 1 g / m 2 / day, and the moisture permeability of the entire protective film is smaller than 300 g / m 2 / day.
  • the moisture permeability is determined as a value of moisture permeability (g / m 2 / day) for 24 hours per 1 m 2 under the condition of 40 ° C. and 90% RH by the method described in JIS Z 0208. .
  • the film thickness of the protective film is 30 ⁇ m or less, and the moisture permeability of the coating layer included in the protective film is larger than 50 g / m 2 / day.
  • the protective film has a base material made of a cellulose ester film and a low moisture-permeable coating layer in this order from the polarizer side, entry of moisture from the outside is prevented by the low moisture-permeable coating layer. And deterioration of the polarizer due to the moisture can be suppressed.
  • a substrate composed of a cellulose ester film between the low moisture-permeable coating layer and the polarizer and by defining the moisture permeability of the coating layer and the entire protective film as described above, under high temperature conditions, An effect like a buffer material that absorbs moisture contained in the PVA of the polarizer is born, and the moisture can be transmitted through the substrate and escaped to the outside through the coating layer.
  • the polarizer is a thin film, it is considered that deterioration of the polarizer under high temperature conditions can be suppressed without reducing the amount of moisture originally contained in the polarizer.
  • the use of a cellulose ester film is not very effective, and the low moisture-permeable portion (coating layer) prevents moisture from entering from the outside to some extent, and further allows internal moisture to escape to the outside.
  • the polarizer deterioration can be effectively suppressed.
  • the durability of the polarizing plate can be improved by suppressing the deterioration of the polarizer.
  • PAT polyethylene terephthalate
  • both sides of the polarizer are dyed, and the dyed areas are present on both sides of the PVA, so even if either one of the dyed areas deteriorates due to moisture, If the remaining dyed area is not deteriorated, the function as a polarizer can be exhibited. Therefore, it can be said that a coating-type polarizer having a smaller number of dyed regions than a normal polarizer is more likely to deteriorate than a normal polarizer.
  • the above-described configuration capable of suppressing the deterioration of the polarizer is very effective particularly when a coating type polarizer is used.
  • the cellulose ester used as the base material of the protective film has high moisture permeability, and even if an additive as described later is added, the film has a film thickness of 80 ⁇ m and has a moisture permeability of 300 g / m 2 / day or more.
  • a film having a thickness of 30 ⁇ m has a water vapor transmission rate of 800 g / m 2 / day or more (a cellulose ester monolayer film having a film thickness of 80 ⁇ m or less and a water vapor transmission rate of less than 300 g / m 2 / day cannot be produced by a known technique. Is).
  • the water vapor transmission rate of the whole protective film is 300 g / m ⁇ 2 > /.
  • the predetermined value upper limit value of moisture permeability of the coating layer
  • the moisture permeability of the entire film C is x (g / m 2 / day), and the first layer
  • the moisture permeability of A is y (g / m 2 / day)
  • the moisture permeability of the second layer B is z (g / m 2 / day)
  • the moisture permeability of the entire protective film is x (g / m 2 / day)
  • the moisture permeability of the substrate is y (g / m 2 / day)
  • the moisture permeability of the coating layer is z.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a liquid crystal display device 1 as a display device of the present embodiment.
  • the liquid crystal display device 1 includes a liquid crystal display panel 2 and a backlight 3.
  • the backlight 3 is a light source for illuminating the liquid crystal display panel 2.
  • the liquid crystal display panel 2 is configured by disposing polarizing plates 5 and 6 on both sides of a liquid crystal cell 4 (display cell) in which a liquid crystal layer is sandwiched between a pair of substrates.
  • the polarizing plate 5 is attached to one surface side of the liquid crystal cell 4 (viewing side opposite to the liquid crystal cell 4) with the adhesive layer 7 interposed therebetween.
  • the polarizing plate 6 is attached to the other surface side of the liquid crystal cell 4 (backlight 3 side opposite to the liquid crystal cell 4) via the adhesive layer 8.
  • the driving method of the liquid crystal display panel 2 is not particularly limited, and various driving methods such as an IPS (In Plane Switching) type and a TN (Twisted Nematic) method can be employed.
  • the polarizing plate 5 includes a polarizer 11 that transmits predetermined linearly polarized light, an optical film 12 as a protective film disposed on the viewing side (front side) of the polarizer 11, and the backlight 3 side (back side) of the polarizer 11. And an optical film 13 disposed on the side). Note that the optical film 13 on the back side may be omitted, and the polarizer 11 may be in direct contact with the adhesive layer 7.
  • the polarizing plate 6 includes a polarizer 14 that transmits predetermined linearly polarized light, an optical film 15 that is disposed on the viewing side of the polarizer 14, and an optical film 16 that is disposed on the backlight 3 side of the polarizer 14. Has been.
  • the optical film 15 may be omitted, and the polarizer 14 may be directly in contact with the adhesive layer 8.
  • the polarizer 11 and the polarizer 14 are arranged so as to be in a crossed Nicols state.
  • As the polarizing plate 6 on the backlight 3 side a conventionally known one can be used.
  • the polarizing plate 5 on the viewing side will be described.
  • the polarizer 11 of the polarizing plate 5 is formed by dyeing a PVA film having a thickness of 15 ⁇ m or less with iodine.
  • the optical film 12 has a film substrate 21 and a coating layer 22 composed of at least one layer laminated on the viewing side of the film substrate 21.
  • the film substrate 21 is a transparent substrate made of cellulose esthetic.
  • the thickness of the film substrate 21 is 80 ⁇ m or less.
  • the moisture permeability of the film substrate 21 is approximately 350 to 400 g / m 2 / day at a thickness of 80 ⁇ m and approximately 500 g / m 2 / day at a thickness of 60 ⁇ m when the film substrate 21 includes a plasticizer described later. is there.
  • the moisture permeability of the coating layer 22 is greater than 1 g / m 2 / day. This is because the coating layer 22 has a function of preventing moisture from entering from the outside and releasing the moisture of the polarizer 11 that has passed through the film substrate 21 to the outside. That is, the coating layer 22 has a barrier property that suppresses moisture permeation to some extent, and does not have a high barrier property that completely prevents moisture permeation.
  • the moisture permeability of a film having a high barrier property is generally much smaller (2 to 3 digits) than 1 g / m 2 / day.
  • the moisture permeability of the entire optical film 12 is 300 g / m 2 / day. It is necessary to make it smaller. Therefore, when the moisture permeability of the film substrate 12 is taken into consideration, the upper limit of the moisture permeability of the coating layer 22 is naturally limited by the above-described relational expression.
  • the moisture content from the outside is covered by defining the moisture permeability of the coating layer 22 of the optical film 12 and the entire optical film 12 as described above. 22 makes it difficult to pass through to the polarizer 11 side, but allows moisture contained in the polarizer 11 to pass through the film base material 21 made of cellulose ester under high temperature conditions and to escape to the outside through the coating layer 22. be able to.
  • the polarizer 11 is a thin film, deterioration of the polarizer 11 under a high temperature condition can be suppressed without reducing the amount of moisture contained in the polarizer 11, and the durability of the polarizing plate 5 can be improved. Can be improved.
  • the moisture permeability of the coating layer 22 is greater than 10 g / m 2 / day, and the film thickness of the optical film 12 may be 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • the film thickness of the optical film 12 is 30 ⁇ m or less, the film base 21 is thinned, and the moisture permeability is further increased. That is, the film base material 21 becomes easier to transmit moisture of the polarizer 11.
  • the moisture permeability of the coating layer 22 is larger than 10 g / m 2 / day, moisture from the polarizer 11 that has passed through the film base material 21 is efficiently released to the outside through the coating layer 22. Can do. Therefore, even if the film substrate 21 and thus the polarizing plate 5 are further thinned, deterioration of the polarizer 11 under high temperature conditions can be suppressed.
  • the moisture permeability of the coating layer 22 is greater than 50 g / m 2 / day, and the coating layer 22 may contain a binder component and a layered inorganic compound. Since the moisture permeability of the coating layer 22 is larger than 50 g / m 2 / day, the moisture from the polarizer 11 that has passed through the film substrate 21 is efficiently released to the outside through the coating layer 22.
  • the binder component for example, resin
  • the layered inorganic compound it is possible to ensure that the coating layer 22 has a barrier property that reduces intrusion of moisture from the outside.
  • the film substrate 21 may contain a polarizer durability improving agent. In this case, combined with the effect of suppressing the deterioration of the polarizer 11 under a high temperature condition obtained from the above-described configuration, the durability of the polarizer 11 can be reliably improved.
  • polarizer durability improver a compound represented by the following general formula (1) can be used.
  • R 1 represents a substituent
  • R 2 represents a group represented by the following general formula (1-2)
  • n1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when n1 is 2 or more
  • the plurality of R 1 may be the same or different from each other
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 to 5, and when n2 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 2 may be the same or different from each other Good.
  • A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or the following general formula Represents a group represented by (1-3)
  • R 5 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • X represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring
  • n3 represents 0 to Represents an integer of 10, and when n3 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 5 and X may be the same or different from each other.
  • X 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring
  • R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5
  • N5 represents an integer of 1 to 11, and when n5 is 2 or more, a plurality of R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and X 1 may be the same or different from each other Good.
  • polarizer durability improver a compound represented by the following general formula (2) can also be used.
  • R 26 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group
  • R 27 and R 28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group
  • R 29 represents a hydrogen atom.
  • R 26 , R 27 , and R 28 may each independently have a substituent. However, at least one of R 26 , R 27 and R 28 contains an aromatic ring.
  • said film base material 21 which consists of cellulose esters may contain the specific polymer represented by following General formula (3).
  • a specific polymer By including such a specific polymer, deterioration of the polarizer 11 can be suppressed and its durability can be improved.
  • R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 each independently represent a substituent.
  • x represents 0 to 40 in molar ratio.
  • y represents a molar ratio of 5 to 95.
  • z represents a molar ratio of 0 to 70.
  • m1 and m2 each represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • m3 represents an integer of 0-2.
  • m4 represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • R 101 , R 102 and R 103 represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the polarizing plate 5 has another optical film 13 (a protective film on the back side) on the side opposite to the optical film 12 with respect to the polarizer 11.
  • the optical film 13 may be a cellulose ester film. In this case, in the configuration in which the polarizer 11 is sandwiched between the cellulose ester films from both sides, the above-described effects can be obtained.
  • the optical film 13 has a thickness of 25 ⁇ m or less. Even when the optical film 13 is provided on the back side of the polarizer 11, the optical film 13 is a thin film having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m or less, which can contribute to the thinning of the entire polarizing plate 5.
  • the coating layer 22 of the polarizing plate 5 contains fine particles formed by coating with a polymer silane coupling agent.
  • the surface free energy of the coating layer 22 is increased and wettability is improved, and even when another layer (for example, a hard coat layer) is laminated on the coating layer 22, the adhesion between both layers is sufficiently increased. Can be secured.
  • the in-plane retardation Ro represented by the following formula may be 30 nm or more.
  • Ro (nx ⁇ ny) ⁇ t
  • nx represents the refractive index in the slow axis direction in which the refractive index is maximum in the in-plane direction of the optical film 12
  • ny is in the direction orthogonal to the slow axis direction in the in-plane direction of the optical film 12.
  • the refractive index is represented, and t (nm) represents the thickness of the optical film 12.
  • the optical film 12 can have a function as a retardation film (for example, a ⁇ / 4 film). Therefore, the linearly polarized light emitted from the polarizer 11 is converted into circularly polarized light or elliptically polarized light by the optical film 12. For this reason, when the observer wears polarized sunglasses and observes the display image of the liquid crystal display device 1, how the transmission axis of the polarizer 11 (perpendicular to the absorption axis) and the transmission axis of the polarized sunglasses deviate.
  • a retardation film for example, a ⁇ / 4 film
  • the light component parallel to the transmission axis of the polarized sunglasses contained in the light emitted from the polarizing plate 5 (circularly polarized light or elliptically polarized light) can be guided to the eyes of the observer. Thereby, it can suppress that it becomes difficult to see a display image with the angle to observe.
  • the observer does not wear polarized sunglasses, since it is circularly polarized light or elliptically polarized light that is emitted from the polarizing plate 5 and incident on the observer's eyes, linearly polarized light is directly incident on the observer's eyes. Compared to the above, the burden on the eyes of the observer can be reduced.
  • the polarizer 11 of the polarizing plate 5 may be a coating type polarizer.
  • the coating type polarizer is a polarizer formed by applying a PVA film on a substrate and stretching the whole substrate.
  • the polarizing plate 5 using such a coating type polarizer is manufactured as follows.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing the manufacturing process of the polarizing plate 5.
  • a film for example, PET film
  • a film containing PVA is applied on the substrate 31.
  • a PVA film is laminated
  • a laminated body is formed, this laminated body is extended
  • the surface of the polarizer 11 opposite to the substrate 31 is bonded to the film base 21 of the optical film 12.
  • the substrate 31 may be removed (peeled) after the polarizer 11 is bonded to the film base material 21 or may be left as it is.
  • the coating-type polarizer is dyed only on one side of PVA (on the side opposite to the substrate 31) and is more easily deteriorated than a normal polarizer in which both sides of PVA are dyed. Therefore, the above-described configuration capable of suppressing the deterioration of the polarizer 11 is very effective particularly when a coating type polarizer is used as the polarizer 11.
  • Cellulose ester resins that can be used for the substrate (film substrate 21) of this embodiment are cellulose (di, tri) acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, It is preferably at least one selected from cellulose acetate phthalate and cellulose phthalate.
  • particularly preferred cellulose esters include cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, and cellulose acetate butyrate.
  • cellulose acetate propionate or lower acetate of cellulose acetate butyrate as a mixed fatty acid ester has an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, the substitution degree of acetyl group is X, and a propionyl group Or when the substitution degree of a butyryl group is set to Y, it is preferable that it is a cellulose resin containing the cellulose ester which satisfy
  • cellulose acetate propionate is particularly preferably used. Among them, 1.9 ⁇ X ⁇ 2.5 and 0.1 ⁇ Y ⁇ 0.9 are preferable. A hydroxyl group is usually present in the portion not substituted with the acyl group. These can be synthesized by known methods.
  • cellulose ester used in the present embodiment those having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) to number average molecular weight (Mn) ratio (Mw / Mn) of 1.5 to 5.5 are preferably used.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • Mn number average molecular weight
  • a cellulose ester having a ratio of 2.0 to 5.0 is more preferably used, a cellulose ester having a ratio of 2.5 to 5.0 is more preferably used, and the ratio is 3.0 to 5.
  • a cellulose ester of 0 is particularly preferably used.
  • the cellulose that is the raw material of the cellulose ester used in the present embodiment may be wood pulp or cotton linter.
  • the wood pulp may be coniferous or hardwood, but coniferous is more preferred.
  • a cotton linter is preferably used from the viewpoint of releasability during film formation.
  • the cellulose ester made from these can be mixed suitably or can be used independently.
  • the ratio of cellulose ester derived from cellulose linter: cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (conifer): cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (hardwood) is set to 100: 0: 0, 90: 10: 0, 85: 15: 0, 50:50. : 0, 20: 80: 0, 10: 90: 0, 0: 100: 0, 0: 0: 100, 80:10:10, 85: 0: 15, or 40:30:30 .
  • the cellulose ester resin has a pH of 1 g when charged in 20 ml of pure water (electric conductivity of 0.1 ⁇ S / cm or less, pH 6.8) and stirred in a nitrogen atmosphere at 25 ° C. for 1 hr.
  • the electrical conductivity is 6 to 7 and the electrical conductivity is 1 to 100 ⁇ S / cm.
  • polymer components other than the cellulose ester may be appropriately mixed.
  • the polymer component to be mixed is preferably one having excellent compatibility with the cellulose ester.
  • the transmittance when formed into a film is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and further preferably 92% or more.
  • the polarizer durability improving agent is contained in the cellulose-ester film used as a base material of a protective film.
  • the polarizer durability improving agent refers to a material that prevents the polarization degree of the polarizer from deteriorating under high temperature and high humidity conditions.
  • a compound represented by the following general formula (1) is preferable as the polarizer durability improving agent.
  • R 1 represents a substituent
  • R 2 represents a group represented by the following general formula (1-2)
  • n1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when n1 is 2 or more
  • the plurality of R 1 may be the same or different from each other
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 to 5, and when n2 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 2 may be the same or different from each other Good.
  • A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or the following general formula Represents a group represented by (1-3)
  • R 5 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • X represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring
  • n3 represents 0 to Represents an integer of 10, and when n3 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 5 and X may be the same or different from each other.
  • X 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring
  • R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5
  • N5 represents an integer of 1 to 11, and when n5 is 2 or more, a plurality of R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and X 1 may be the same or different from each other Good.
  • R 1 represents a substituent.
  • the substituent are not particularly limited, and may be an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, pentyl, heptyl, 1-ethylpentyl, benzyl, 2 -Ethoxyethyl, 1-carboxymethyl, etc.), alkenyl groups (preferably alkenyl groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as vinyl, allyl, oleyl, etc.), alkynyl groups (preferably alkynyl groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) For example, ethynyl, butadiynyl, phenylethynyl, etc.), a cycloalkyl group (preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, eg, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl
  • R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a hydroxyl group, and more preferably a hydroxyl group or a methyl group.
  • R 1 may have one or more substituents as substituents.
  • R 1 may further have one or more substituents, and examples of the further substituents include the same substituents as R 1 .
  • N1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and preferably 2 to 4.
  • N2 represents an integer of 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 to 2.
  • A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring may be a heterocyclic ring containing a hetero atom such as a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
  • Examples of A include benzene ring, indene ring, naphthalene ring, fluorene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, biphenyl ring, pyrene ring, pyran ring, dioxane ring, dithiane ring, thiyne ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, oxazine ring Morpholine ring, thiazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperazine ring, triazine ring and the like.
  • other 6-membered rings or 5-membered rings may be condensed.
  • A is preferably
  • Examples of the substituent that A may have include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, etc., preferably an alkyl group or a hydroxyl group, An alkyl group or hydroxyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group or hydroxyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is still more preferable.
  • a halogen atom for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc.
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and a substituent represented by the following general formula (1-3).
  • R3 and R4 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a substituent represented by the general formula (1-3), represented by a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or a general formula (1-3). The substituent is more preferable.
  • R 5 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and the alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms may have a substituent.
  • R 5 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent that R 5 may have include an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl), a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, iodine) Atoms), hydroxyl groups and the like.
  • X represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring may be a heterocyclic ring containing a hetero atom such as a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
  • Examples of X include benzene ring, indene ring, naphthalene ring, fluorene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, biphenyl ring, pyrene ring, pyran ring, dioxane ring, dithiane ring, thiyne ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, oxazine ring Morpholine ring, thiazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperazine ring, triazine ring and the like. Further, other 6-membered rings or 5-membered rings may be condensed. X is preferably a benzene ring. Examples of the substituent which X may have are the same as the examples given as the substituent of A.
  • n3 represents an integer of 0 to 10, preferably 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 to 1.
  • a plurality of groups represented by — (R 5 —X) may be the same as or different from each other, and each bond to A.
  • R 5 —X a group represented by-(R 5 -X) does not exist, and therefore a group represented by-(R 5 -X) is not bonded to A.
  • the general formula (1-2) is preferably represented by the following general formula (1-2 ').
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a substituent represented by the general formula (1-3), and R 5 represents a single bond.
  • R 5 represents a single bond.
  • X represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring
  • n3 represents an integer of 0 to 5
  • a plurality of R 5 and X May be the same as or different from each other.
  • the general formula (1-2) is preferably represented by the following general formula (1-2 ′′).
  • n3 represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • the preferable range of n3 in the general formula (1-2 ′′) is the same as the preferable range of n3 in the general formula (1-2).
  • X1 in the general formula (1-3) has the same meaning as X in the general formula (1-2), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • N5 represents an integer of 1 to 11, preferably 1 to 9, and more preferably 1 to 7.
  • the general formula (1-3) is preferably represented by the following general formula (1-3 ′).
  • the general formula (1-3) is preferably represented by the following general formula (1-3 ′′).
  • n4 represents an integer of 0 to 10. n4 is preferably from 0 to 8, and more preferably from 0 to 6. *
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R 2 is represented by the general formula (1-2 ′′)
  • n1 is 2 to 4 It is preferable that n2 represents an integer of 1 to 3, and n3 represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • At least 2 compounds represented by the general formula (1) which are different from each other are bonded. It is good also as a mixture containing a seed.
  • One example is a styrenated phenol in which 1 to 3 moles of styrene are alkylated with respect to phenol, a styrenated phenol in which styrene is further alkylated at the phenyl moiety of the alkylated styrene, and an oligomer of about 2 to 4 monomers of styrene. Mention may be made of mixtures with styrenated phenols alkylated to phenol.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) can generally be synthesized by adding 1 equivalent or more of styrenes in the presence of an acid catalyst to 1 equivalent of phenols, and a commercially available product may be used. . Moreover, you may use the mixture obtained by the said synthesis method as it is.
  • TSP which is a styrenated phenol manufactured by Sanko Co., Ltd., “PH-25” manufactured by Nikko Paint Chemical Co., Ltd., “ Non-flex WS "etc. are mentioned.
  • R 26 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group
  • R 27 and R 28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group
  • R 29 represents a hydrogen atom.
  • R 26 , R 27 and R 28 may each independently have a substituent.
  • R 26 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (including a cycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable, and a methyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a phenyl group is most preferable.
  • R 27 and R 28 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (including a cycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a heteroaryl group is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (including a cycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 12 (including a cycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (cycloalkyl
  • Including or most preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a phenyl group, or a naphthyl group is most preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a phenyl group is particularly preferable.
  • R 26 may have is not particularly limited as long as it is not contrary to the gist of the present invention, but is preferably a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and preferably a halogen atom, a carbon number It is more preferably a 1 to 6 alkyl group or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a chlorine atom, a methyl group or a phenyl group.
  • R 27 and R 28 may have is not particularly limited as long as it does not contradict the gist of the present invention, but is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, More preferably.
  • a compound represented by the following general formula (2-a) can be used as the compound represented by the general formula (2).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (2-a) is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing volatilization during film formation.
  • L 1 to L 3 each independently represents a single bond or an alkylene group
  • Ar 1 to Ar 3 each independently represents an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • L 1 to L 3 are more preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably a single bond, a methylene group or an ethylene group, and particularly preferably a single bond or a methylene group.
  • the divalent linking group may have a substituent, and the substituent is synonymous with a substituent that Ar 1 , Ar 2 , and Ar 3 described later may have.
  • Ar 1 to Ar 3 are preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • Ar 1 to Ar 3 may have a substituent or may not have a substituent. When it has a substituent, it is preferable that the said substituent does not have a ring structure.
  • Ar 1 , Ar 2 , and Ar 3 may be an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, pentyl, heptyl, 1- Ethylpentyl, benzyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 1-carboxymethyl, etc.), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as vinyl, allyl, oleyl, etc.), alkynyl groups (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • alkyl group preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, pentyl, heptyl, 1- Ethylpentyl, benzyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 1-carboxymethyl, etc.
  • alkenyl groups preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as vinyl, allyl,
  • cycloalkyl groups preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, etc.
  • aryl groups preferably having 6 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a heterocyclic group preferably a heterocyclic group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, wherein the ring-constituting hetero atom is preferably an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, and a 5- or 6-membered ring is a benzene ring Or may be condensed with a heterocyclic ring, and the ring may be a saturated ring, an unsaturated ring, or an aromatic ring.
  • a carbamoyl group preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl) N-phenylcarbamoyl, etc.
  • acylamino groups preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as acetylamino, acryloylamino, benzoylamino, nicotinamide, etc.
  • cyano groups hydroxyl groups, mercapto groups, or halogen atoms (eg, fluorine atoms) , Chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.).
  • the substituent that Ar 1 , Ar 2 , and Ar 3 may have may further have the substituent.
  • each of Ar 1 , Ar 2 , and Ar 3 may have, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, and an acyl group are preferable.
  • the molecular weight of the compound represented by the general formula (2) or (2-a) is preferably 250 to 1200, and more preferably 300 to 800. If the molecular weight is 250 or more, volatilization from the film is suppressed, and if it is 1200 or less, the compatibility with the cellulose acylate is excellent, and thus the transparency of the film is good.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (2) can be synthesized by using a barbituric acid synthesis method in which a urea derivative and a malonic acid derivative are condensed.
  • Barbituric acid having two substituents on N can be obtained by heating N, N 'disubstituted urea and malonic acid chloride, or by combining malonic acid and an activating agent such as acetic anhydride.
  • an activating agent such as acetic anhydride.
  • the malonic acid used for the condensation may be unsubstituted or substituted, and if malonic acid having a substituent corresponding to R 5 is used, by constructing barbituric acid, the general formula (2 ) Can be synthesized. Further, when an unsubstituted malonic acid and a urea derivative are condensed, a 5-position unsubstituted barbituric acid is obtained. By modifying this, the compound represented by the general formula (2) can be synthesized. Good.
  • the method for synthesizing the compound represented by the general formula (2) is not limited to the above method.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (2) may be obtained commercially or synthesized by a known method.
  • the content of the polarizer durability improving agent in the protective film is preferably 1 part by mass or more and 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of cellulose acylate. If it is 1 part by mass or more, the effect of improving the durability of the polarizer can be easily obtained, and if it is 20 parts by mass or less, bleeding out and bleeding are less likely to occur when a polarizing plate protective film is formed.
  • the content of the polarizer durability improving agent is more preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of cellulose acylate.
  • the base material which consists of a cellulose ester contains the specific polymer which contains three components represented by following General formula (3) as a repeating unit.
  • R 21 to R 24 each independently represent a substituent. Although a substituent is not specifically limited, The following substituent T is mentioned, The preferable range is also synonymous.
  • R 101 to R 103 each represents a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 101 to R 103 are not particularly limited, but are preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group.
  • X, y, z x represents a molar ratio of 0 to 40, preferably 0 to 30, and more preferably 0 to 20.
  • y represents a molar ratio of 5 to 95, preferably 10 to 90, and more preferably 30 to 90.
  • z represents a molar ratio of 0 to 70, preferably 0 to 60, and more preferably 0 to 50.
  • x + y + z may not be 1 (100%), but when it is less than 1, it means that there are other copolymerization components. Examples of other copolymer components include vinyl toluene, isopropenyl toluene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, alkylindene, and dicyclopentadiene.
  • the copolymerization ratio t of the other copolymer components is preferably 0 to 30, and more preferably 0 to 20.
  • ⁇ M1 to m4 m1 and m2 each represents an integer of 0 to 4, and preferably 0 to 2.
  • m3 represents an integer of 0 to 2, and is preferably 0.
  • m4 represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably 0 to 3, and more preferably 0 to 1.
  • end group of the specific polymer may be any type, and typically has a structure in which polymerization is stopped by adding hydrogen to a vinyl group.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the specific polymer is preferably 200 to 10,000, more preferably 300 to 8,000, and particularly preferably 400 to 4,000.
  • the molecular weight is equal to or higher than the lower limit, it is possible to expect an effect that the moisture permeability and moisture content of the film can be effectively suppressed, and when the molecular weight is equal to or lower than the upper limit, compatibility with the cellulose acylate can be expected to be preferable. .
  • the molecular weight and the dispersity are values measured using a GPC (gel filtration chromatography) method, and the molecular weight is a weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene.
  • the gel packed in the column used in the GPC method is preferably a gel having an aromatic compound as a repeating unit, and examples thereof include a gel made of a styrene-divinylbenzene copolymer. Two to six columns are preferably connected and used.
  • the solvent used include ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and amide solvents such as N-methylpyrrolidinone.
  • the measurement is preferably performed at a solvent flow rate in the range of 0.1 to 2 mL / min, and most preferably in the range of 0.5 to 1.5 mL / min. By performing the measurement within this range, the apparatus is not loaded and the measurement can be performed more efficiently.
  • the measurement is preferably performed at 10 to 50 ° C., and most preferably at 20 to 40 ° C.
  • the column and carrier to be used can be appropriately selected according to the physical properties of the polymer compound that is symmetrical to the measurement.
  • the addition amount of the specific polymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of cellulose acylate. 1.0 to 30 parts by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the addition amount is equal to or more than the lower limit value, it is possible to effectively suppress the moisture permeability and moisture content of the film, and when it is equal to or less than the upper limit value, high transparency can be expected to be maintained.
  • One kind of the specific polymer may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used.
  • each component may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a polymer or a polymer includes not only a polymer that is a general polymer compound in which a large number of monomers are polymerized, but also an oligomer that is a compound having a molecular weight of about several hundreds in which several monomers are polymerized. Means.
  • the term “polymer” or “polymer” means a copolymer or copolymer unless otherwise specified.
  • substituent T examples include the following.
  • An alkyl group preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, pentyl, heptyl, 1-ethylpentyl, benzyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 1-carboxymethyl, etc.
  • alkenyl A group preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as vinyl, allyl, oleyl and the like
  • an alkynyl group preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as ethynyl, butadiynyl, phenylethynyl and the like
  • a cycloalkyl group preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohex
  • an additive may be added to each resin used for the transparent substrate.
  • additives to be added include hydrophobizing agents (sugar ester compounds, aromatic terminal ester compounds) and plasticizers (polyester resins) described in paragraphs [0072] to [0121] of JP2013-28782A. Compound), retardation adjusting agent, ultraviolet absorber, antioxidant, deterioration preventing agent, peeling aid, surfactant, dye, fine particle and the like. It is preferable to add a plasticizer, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, or the like that imparts heat and humidity resistance to a polarizing plate used in a display device such as an organic EL display.
  • These compounds are contained in an amount of 1 to 30% by mass, preferably 1 to 20% by mass, based on each resin.
  • a compound having a vapor pressure at 200 ° C. of 1400 Pa or less is preferable.
  • the cellulose ester resin can contain other plasticizers as necessary.
  • a polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer Preferably, 1) a polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer, 2) a polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizer, 3) a glycolate plasticizer, 4) a phthalate ester plasticizer, 5) a citrate ester plasticizer, 6) Fatty acid ester plasticizer, 7) Phosphate ester plasticizer, etc.
  • plasticizers are preferably used in the range of 1 to 30% by mass with respect to the cellulose ester.
  • the polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer is an ester compound of a polyhydric alcohol represented by the following general formula (4).
  • R1- (OH) n (4) (In the formula, R1 represents an n-valent organic group, and n represents a positive integer of 2 or more)
  • Preferred examples of the polyhydric alcohol include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, trimethylolpropane, and pentaerythritol.
  • monocarboxylic acid used in the polyhydric alcohol ester known aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, aromatic monocarboxylic acid, and the like can be used.
  • a fatty acid having a straight chain or a side chain having 1 to 32 carbon atoms can be preferably used. More preferably, it has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of preferable alicyclic monocarboxylic acids include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid, and derivatives thereof.
  • aromatic monocarboxylic acids examples include those in which an alkyl group is introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid such as benzoic acid and toluic acid, and two or more benzene rings such as biphenylcarboxylic acid, naphthalenecarboxylic acid, and tetralincarboxylic acid.
  • benzoic acid which has, or those derivatives can be mentioned.
  • benzoic acid is preferred.
  • the molecular weight of the polyhydric alcohol ester is preferably in the range of 300 to 1500, more preferably in the range of 350 to 750.
  • the carboxylic acid used for the polyhydric alcohol ester may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds. Moreover, all the OH groups in the polyhydric alcohol may be esterified, or a part of the OH groups may be left as they are.
  • ester compound (A) represented by the general formula (I) described in JP-A-2008-88292.
  • the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compound is composed of an ester of divalent or higher, preferably divalent to 20-valent polyvalent carboxylic acid and alcohol.
  • the aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid is preferably divalent to 20-valent, and in the case of an aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acid or an alicyclic polyvalent carboxylic acid, it is preferably divalent to 20-valent.
  • the polyvalent carboxylic acid is represented by the following general formula (5).
  • R2 (COOH) m (OH) n (5) (Wherein R2 is an (m + n) -valent organic group, m is a positive integer of 2 or more, n is an integer of 0 or more, a COOH group is a carboxyl group, and an OH group is an alcoholic or phenolic hydroxyl group)
  • polyvalent carboxylic acids examples include the following. Divalent or higher aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acids or derivatives such as phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, trimellitic acid, trimesic acid, pyromellitic acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, oxalic acid Aliphatic polycarboxylic acids such as fumaric acid, maleic acid and tetrahydrophthalic acid, and oxypolycarboxylic acids such as tartaric acid, tartronic acid, malic acid and citric acid can be preferably used.
  • Divalent or higher aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acids or derivatives such as phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, trimellitic acid, trimesic acid, pyromellitic acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, oxalic acid
  • Aliphatic polycarboxylic acids such
  • Known alcohols and phenols can be used as the alcohol used in the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compound that can be used in the present embodiment.
  • an aliphatic saturated alcohol having a straight chain or a side chain having 1 to 32 carbon atoms can be preferably used. More preferred are those having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferred are those having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • alicyclic alcohols such as cyclopentanol and cyclohexanol or derivatives thereof
  • aromatic alcohols such as benzyl alcohol and cinnamyl alcohol, or derivatives thereof
  • phenol examples include phenol, paracresol, dimethyl Phenol etc. can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • ester compound (B) represented by the general formula (II) described in JP-A-2008-88292.
  • the molecular weight of the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 300 to 1000, more preferably in the range of 350 to 750.
  • the alcohol used for the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds.
  • the acid value of the polycarboxylic acid ester compound is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 0.2 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the acid value means the number of milligrams of potassium hydroxide necessary for neutralizing the acid (carboxyl group present in the sample) contained in 1 g of the sample.
  • the acid value is measured according to JIS K0070.
  • the glycolate plasticizer is not particularly limited, but alkylphthalylalkyl glycolates can be preferably used.
  • alkylphthalyl alkyl glycolates include methyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl octyl glycolate and the like.
  • phthalate ester plasticizer examples include diethyl phthalate, dimethoxyethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, and dicyclohexyl terephthalate.
  • citrate plasticizer examples include acetyltrimethyl citrate, acetyltriethyl citrate, and acetyltributyl citrate.
  • fatty acid ester plasticizers examples include butyl oleate, methylacetyl ricinoleate, and dibutyl sebacate.
  • phosphate ester plasticizer examples include triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, cresyl diphenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, diphenyl biphenyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, and the like.
  • an aromatic compound having two or more aromatic rings as described in EP 911,656A2 can be used as the compound added for adjusting the retardation of the transparent substrate. Two or more aromatic compounds may be used in combination.
  • the aromatic ring of the aromatic compound includes an aromatic heterocyclic ring in addition to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Particularly preferred is an aromatic heterocycle, and the aromatic heterocycle is generally an unsaturated heterocycle. Of these, a 1,3,5-triazine ring is particularly preferred.
  • Each resin constituting the transparent substrate of the present embodiment has a substituent selected from a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, an amide group, and a sulfo group, and has a weight average molecular weight of 500 to 200,000. It is also possible to contain a polymer or oligomer of a vinyl compound that falls within the range.
  • the mass ratio of the content of each resin constituting the transparent substrate and the polymer or oligomer is preferably in the range of 95: 5 to 50:50.
  • the transparent base material of this embodiment contains a ultraviolet absorber.
  • the ultraviolet absorber is intended to improve durability by absorbing ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less.
  • the transmittance at a wavelength of 370 nm is preferably 10% or less, and more preferably 5% or less. .
  • the ultraviolet absorber used in this embodiment is not particularly limited, for example, oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, triazine compounds, nickel complex salts, inorganic Examples thereof include powders.
  • the amount of the UV absorber used is not uniform depending on the type of UV absorber, the use conditions, etc., but when the dry film thickness of the transparent substrate is 30 to 200 ⁇ m, it is 0.5 to 10 with respect to the transparent substrate. % By mass is preferable, and 0.6 to 4% by mass is more preferable.
  • the film substrate contains an antioxidant.
  • Preferred antioxidants are phosphorous or phenolic, and it is more preferred to combine phosphorous and phenolic simultaneously.
  • fine particles can be contained in the transparent substrate as a matting agent, which makes it easy to transport and wind up when the film is long.
  • the particle size of the matting agent is preferably primary particles or secondary particles of 10 nm to 0.1 ⁇ m.
  • a substantially spherical matting agent having a primary particle acicular ratio of 1.1 or less is preferably used.
  • the fine particles those containing silicon are preferable, and silicon dioxide is particularly preferable.
  • Aerosil R972, R972V, R974, R812, 200, 200V, 300, R202, OX50, TT600 manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.
  • commercially available products such as Aerosil 200V, R972, R972V, R974, R202, and R812 can be preferably used.
  • polymer fine particles include silicone resin, fluorine resin, and acrylic resin. Silicone resins are preferable, and those having a three-dimensional network structure are particularly preferable. Examples include Tospearl 103, 105, 108, 120, 145, 3120, and 240 (manufactured by Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.). Can do.
  • heat stabilizers such as inorganic fine particles such as kaolin, talc, diatomaceous earth, quartz, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, titanium oxide, and alumina, and alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium may be added to the transparent substrate.
  • a surfactant, a peeling accelerator, an antistatic agent, a flame retardant, a lubricant, an oil agent and the like may be added to the transparent substrate.
  • the protective film in this embodiment has at least one coating layer on a substrate made of cellulose ester.
  • the coating layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a low moisture-permeable material, but a resin layer containing a layered inorganic compound, a layer containing a vinyl alcohol polymer, a repeating unit derived from a chlorine-containing vinyl-chlorine-containing vinyl monomer
  • a layer mainly composed of a polymer containing, a silica-based coating film, a coating film mainly composed of silica formed from a coating composition containing polysilazane, and the like can be used alone or in combination.
  • a resin layer containing a layered inorganic compound is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of moisture permeability and adhesion with a cellulose ester as a substrate.
  • the method for laminating the coating layer is not particularly limited. In the case of using two or more different materials, the stacking order is not limited, and they may be provided on the opposite sides of each other through the base material. Further, a functional layer such as a hard coat layer, AG (anti-glare layer), a low refractive index layer, and a high refractive index layer can be further provided on the coating layer.
  • a functional layer such as a hard coat layer, AG (anti-glare layer), a low refractive index layer, and a high refractive index layer can be further provided on the coating layer.
  • the resin layer containing the layered compound is not particularly limited as long as the layered inorganic compound is dispersed in the resin layer (binder component).
  • the resin layer include the above-described cellulose ester, a resin containing a vinyl alcohol polymer, or a UV curable acrylic resin.
  • the layered inorganic compound in the present embodiment is an inorganic compound that has a structure in which unit crystal layers are laminated and swells or cleaves when a solvent is coordinated or absorbed between the layers.
  • inorganic compounds include swellable hydrous silicates such as smectite group clay minerals (montmorillonite, saponite, hectorite, etc.), palm curite group clay minerals, kaolinite group clay minerals, phyllosilicates (mica). Etc.).
  • a synthetic layered inorganic compound is also preferably used.
  • the synthetic layered inorganic compound include synthetic smectite (hectorite, saponite, stevensite, etc.), synthetic mica and the like.
  • layered inorganic compounds smectite, montmorillonite and mica are preferable, montmorillonite and mica are more preferable, mica is more preferable, and synthetic mica is more preferable from the viewpoint of adjustment of moisture permeability, improvement of brittleness, and prevention of coloring. Particularly preferred.
  • layered inorganic compounds that can be used as commercial products include MEB-3 (synthetic mica aqueous dispersion manufactured by Corp Chemical Co., Ltd.), ME-100 (synthetic mica manufactured by Corp Chemical Co., Ltd.), and S1ME (manufactured by Corp Chemical Co., Ltd.).
  • Synthetic mica Synthetic mica
  • SWN Synthetic smectite manufactured by Corp Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • SWF Synthetic smectite manufactured by Corp Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Kunipia F Purified bentonite manufactured by Kunimine Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • Bengel Purified bentonite
  • Bengel HV refined bentonite manufactured by Hojun Co., Ltd.
  • Wenger FW purified bentonite manufactured by Hojun Co., Ltd.
  • Wenger Bright 11 purified bentonite manufactured by Hojun Co., Ltd.
  • Wenger Bright 23 Hojung
  • Wenger Bright 25 Jun K.K. purified bentonite
  • Wenger A HOJUN Co., Ltd. purified bentonite
  • Wenger 2M HOJUN Co., Ltd. purified bentonite
  • the layered inorganic compound is from the viewpoint of improving the moisture permeability adjustment by improving the dispersibility in the organic solvent and the swelling / cleavage after addition to the solvent, and improving the brittleness, It is preferably organically treated.
  • the organic treatment of the layered inorganic compound means that the organic agent is captured between the unit crystal layers by treating the crystal surface of the unit crystal layer and the hydroxyl group on the crystal end face with the organic agent.
  • the layered inorganic compound subjected to the organic treatment examples include a layered inorganic compound subjected to an organic treatment with an organic agent such as alkylamine as described below. Further, for the purpose of further strengthening the strength of the cellulose acylate film and reducing moisture permeability, the organic acylation treatment may be performed with an organic agent containing a polymerizable group.
  • organically treated layered inorganic compounds examples include Somasif MAE, MTE, MEE, MPE (all synthetic mica manufactured by Coop Chemical Co., Ltd.), Lucentite SAN, STN, SEN, SPN (all COP Chemical). Synthetic smectite manufactured by Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • layered inorganic compounds that have not been organically treated, such as Lucentite ME-100 (synthetic mica manufactured by Corp Chemical Co., Ltd.) and Lucentite SWN (synthetic smectite manufactured by Corp Chemical Co., Ltd.) are commercially available. It is also preferable to perform an organic treatment with an agent.
  • the organic agent is preferably a quaternary ammonium salt, and is not particularly limited, but a quaternary ammonium salt represented by the following general formula (6) is more preferable.
  • Ra represents — (CH 2 ) m H, — (CH 2 ) m RcH, or — (CH 2 Rc) m H
  • m is an integer of 2 or more
  • Rc is an arbitrary group or There is no need
  • Rb represents —CH 3
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 3.
  • a - is Cl - or Br - represents a.
  • n is preferably 0 to 3, more preferably 0 to 2, and still more preferably 0 to 1. It is preferable from the viewpoint of dispersibility that n is in this range.
  • all groups may have the same structure or different structures.
  • M is 2 or more, and in at least one group of Ra, m is particularly preferably 4 or more, more preferably 8 or more, and further preferably 8 to 30.
  • m is particularly preferably 4 or more, more preferably 8 or more, and further preferably 8 to 30.
  • Ra preferably has a structure in which interaction between molecules is large, and examples thereof include —OH, —CH 2 CH 2 O—, and —CHO (CH) 3 —.
  • Examples of the quaternary ammonium salt used for the organic treatment including the quaternary ammonium salt represented by the general formula (6) include dimethyldioctadecylammonium bromide, trimethyloctadecylammonium chloride, benzyltrimethylammonium chloride, dimethylbenzyloctadecyl.
  • Ammonium bromide trioctylmethylammonium chloride, polyoxypropylene trimethylammonium chloride, di (polyoxypropylene) dimethylammonium chloride, di (polyoxyethylene) dodecylmethylammonium chloride, tri (polyoxypropylene) methylammonium chloride, tri (poly And oxypropylene) methylammonium bromide.
  • an organically treated layered inorganic compound As a method of using an organically treated layered inorganic compound, a method in which the organically treated layered inorganic compound is sufficiently dispersed in an organic solvent and a cellulose acylate solution (dope) is added to the dispersion. In addition, a method of adding a solution in which a layered inorganic compound subjected to organic treatment is dispersed in an organic solvent is added to the dope solution.
  • the layered inorganic compound is preferably finely divided from the viewpoint of moisture permeability adjustment, brittleness, and haze.
  • the layered inorganic compound subjected to the fine particle treatment is usually plate-shaped or flat-shaped, and the planar shape is not particularly limited, and may be an amorphous shape.
  • the average particle radius (planar average particle radius) of the layered inorganic compound that has been microparticulated is preferably, for example, 0.1 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 to 8 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 0.8 to 6 ⁇ m.
  • the average particle radius is the number of particles having the value among the particle radius distribution values measured by a general particle size distribution meter, for example, a light scattering type particle size distribution meter ("Microtrack UPA" manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.).
  • the largest particle size By setting it as the above range, a sufficient moisture permeability adjusting effect can be obtained, and an increase in haze value and an increase in surface roughness can be prevented.
  • the dispersion treatment is preferably carried out by high-pressure dispersion treatment a plurality of times in the solution.
  • the treatment pressure is preferably 10 MPa or more, more preferably 20 MPa or more. There is no specific designation as a solvent.
  • the content of the layered inorganic compound in the resin film is 1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the resin film. If it is this range, a water vapor transmission rate can be reduced to a desired range, without causing a raise of a haze value. More preferably, it is 3 to 48% by mass.
  • the vinyl alcohol polymer constituting the coating layer examples include a homopolymer such as polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer (EVOH).
  • these vinyl alcohol polymers may be partially carbonyl-modified, silanol-modified, epoxy-modified, acetoacetyl-modified, amino-modified or ammonium-modified, and a part thereof is a diacetone acrylamide unit. You may use the copolymer containing these.
  • Various vinyl alcohol polymers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the saponification degree of the vinyl alcohol polymer can be selected from a range of 80 mol% or more, but is preferably 96 mol% or more, more preferably 99 mol% or more.
  • the degree of polymerization of the vinyl alcohol polymer is preferably from 200 to 5,000, preferably from 400 to 5,000, more preferably from about 500 to 3,000, from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and coatability.
  • a vinyl alcohol polymer cross-linking agent can be further added as a component of the resin composition to the vinyl alcohol polymer, thereby improving the water resistance of the adhesive layer.
  • cross-linking agent that can be used for this purpose is not particularly limited, and any known cross-linking agent can be preferably used.
  • crosslinking agents include phenolic resin, melamine resin, urea resin, polyamide polyurea, dimethylol urea, dimethylol melamine, polyvalent epoxy compound, dialdehyde compound, polyvalent isocyanate resin, aziridine compound, polyamidoamine epichlorohydrin compound, activity Vinyl compound, dicarbonate compound, hydrazino group-containing compound (other carboxylic acid polyhydrazide compound), colloidal silica, zirconium salt, polyvalent metal salt, boric acid, phosphoric acid, polyacrylic acid, dicarboxylic acid, adipic acid anhydride And titanium compounds such as succinic anhydride, tetraisopropyl titanate, and diisopropoxy bis (acetylacetone) titanate.
  • coupling agents such as 3-glycidpropylmethoxysilane, The
  • the addition amount of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 2% by mass or more in terms of (crosslinking agent / (vinyl alcohol polymer + crosslinking agent)). .
  • the mass ratio of the crosslinking agent to both the PVA polymer and the crosslinking agent is less than 0.5% by mass, the effect is not exhibited by adding the crosslinking agent.
  • the mass ratio of the crosslinking agent to both the vinyl alcohol polymer and the crosslinking agent is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 30% by mass or less. Since some crosslinking agents such as aldehyde-based compounds turn yellow by heat, it is necessary to reduce the amount of such crosslinking agents to be within an allowable range by reducing the amount of addition.
  • the thickness is preferably 1.0 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 to 8 ⁇ m, still more preferably 3 to 7 ⁇ m. If the thickness is less than 1 ⁇ m, the effect of improving light leakage is not sufficient, which is not preferable. Moreover, when thickness exceeds 10 micrometers, brittleness deteriorates and it is not preferable.
  • ⁇ Resin layer containing a polymer containing a repeating unit derived from a chlorine-containing vinyl monomer examples include vinyl chloride and vinylidene chloride.
  • the chlorine-containing polymer can be obtained by copolymerizing these vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride monomers with a monomer copolymerizable therewith.
  • Examples of the chlorine-containing polymer in the present embodiment include JP-A-53-58553, JP-A-55-43185, JP-A-57-139109, JP-A-57-139136, The ones described in JP-A-60-235818, JP-A-61-108650, JP-A-62-256671, JP-A-62-280207, JP-A-63-256665, etc. may be used. it can.
  • the proportion of the chlorine-containing vinyl monomer in the chlorine-containing polymer is preferably 50 to 99% by mass, more preferably 60 to 98% by mass, and most preferably 70 to 97% by mass. If the ratio of the chlorine-containing vinyl monomer is 50% by mass or more, problems such as deterioration of moisture permeability will not occur, and if it is 99% by mass or less, solubility in various solvents can be obtained. Therefore, it is preferable.
  • Chlorine-containing polymers are available from Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation and Kureha Chemical Corporation. The following are listed as available from Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation.
  • the thickness is preferably 0.3 to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 to 4 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.7 to 3 ⁇ m is more preferable. If the thickness of the coating layer is less than 0.3 ⁇ m, the moisture permeability is not sufficiently lowered, and thus the effect of improving light leakage is not sufficient, which is not preferable. Moreover, when the thickness of a coating layer exceeds 5 micrometers, problems, such as yellowing of a film, will arise and it is unpreferable.
  • the chlorine-containing polymer is vinylidene chloride
  • tetrahydrofuran a copolymer of vinylidene chloride
  • a reducing substance such as p-cresol, resorcin, hydroquinone, and ferrous salt from the viewpoint of light stabilization.
  • the reducing substance is preferably used because it is effective in preventing coloring of the coating layer.
  • the chlorine-containing polymer is supplied as a latex dispersion
  • water is preferably used as the main solvent.
  • a surfactant it is preferable to use a surfactant, a thickener or the like in combination.
  • silica for improving blocking resistance when coating layers containing chlorine-containing polymers are applied on transparent substrates.
  • 0.2 to 1.0 part of silica powder is added to the chlorine-containing polymer, paraffin wax (manufactured by Nippon Seiwa), behenic acid (manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats), stearic acid (manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats), etc. It is also preferable to add 0.2 to 5.0 parts of wax emulsion. Further, modified waxes described in paragraphs [0012] to [0016] of JP-A-9-143419 are also preferably used.
  • the chlorine-containing polymer is decomposed and colored by heat, light, and ultraviolet rays
  • stearic acid such as lead, zinc, barium, silver salts, magnesium oxide, or the like is used together as a stabilizer.
  • the antioxidants described in paragraphs [0013] to [0020] of JP-A-2004-359819 may be used.
  • an isocyanate-based adhesive such as Coronate L (manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane) or Takenate A-3 (Takeda Pharmaceutical). It is also preferable to add 0.1 to 1.0 part of the agent with respect to the chlorine-containing polymer.
  • the silica-based coating film is provided on at least one side of a transparent substrate made of cellulose acylates.
  • a transparent substrate made of cellulose acylates.
  • the coating film containing the compound which consists of a compound which consists of alkoxysilane, a functional group which reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group, and / or a silane coupling agent is used preferably. It is particularly preferable to contain all of a compound comprising an alkoxysilane, a compound having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group, and a silane coupling agent.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic group
  • n represents a number from 2 to 4.
  • examples of the alkyl group represented by R 1 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
  • examples of the acyl group include an acetyl group and a propionyl group. .
  • a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group are particularly preferable, and an ethyl group is most preferable.
  • n is preferably 2 to 4, more preferably 3 to 4, and still more preferably 4.
  • tetraalkoxysilane is preferable, tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, and tetrapropoxysilane are particularly preferable, and tetraethoxysilane is particularly preferable.
  • examples of the alkyl group represented by R 2 include an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and examples of the aromatic group include a phenyl group. .
  • Monomers, oligomers, and polymers having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group are more preferably used, and any monomer having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group can be used without particular limitation.
  • thermosetting, ionizing curable, or moisture curable resin selected from an acrylic resin, a polyester resin, an epoxy resin, a urethane resin, and a melamine resin is used, and a monomer having a hydroxyl group, More preferred are oligomers and polymers, polymers having hydroxyl groups are particularly preferred, vinyl alcohol polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) homopolymers and ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers (EVOH) are more preferably used, A homopolymer of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) is particularly preferably used.
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • EVOH ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers
  • vinyl alcohol polymers modified with a carbonyl group or the like, a copolymer containing a diacetone acrylamide unit or the like in part.
  • Various vinyl alcohol polymers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the vinyl alcohol polymer preferably used as the compound having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group can be selected from a range in which the saponification degree of the vinyl alcohol polymer is 80 mol% or more.
  • the saponification degree is preferably 96 mol% or more, and more preferably 98 mol% or more.
  • the degree of polymerization of the vinyl alcohol polymer is preferably 200 to 5,000, more preferably 400 to 5,000, and even more preferably about 500 to 3,000, from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and coatability.
  • silane coupling agent In this embodiment, a silane coupling agent is used.
  • the silane coupling agent is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having an alkoxysilane at the terminal, but at the same time, vinyl group, epoxy group, acrylic group or methacryl group, amine group, mercapto group, hydroxyl group, isocyanate group, carboxyl group, acid Those having an anhydride group are more preferred, and those having an epoxy group, an amine group, an acrylic group or a methacryl group are even more preferred.
  • silane coupling agent having a vinyl group vinyltrichlorosilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, vinyltris ( ⁇ -methoxyethoxy) silane and the like are preferably used.
  • silane coupling agents having an epoxy group examples include ⁇ - (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ - (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltriethoxysilane, and ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane.
  • ⁇ -glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane and the like are preferably used.
  • silane coupling agent having an acrylic group or a methacryl group examples include ⁇ -methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, ⁇ -methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, and ⁇ -methacryloxypropyltriethoxy. Silane or the like is preferably used.
  • silane coupling agent having an amine group examples include N- ⁇ (aminoethyl) ⁇ -aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N- ⁇ (aminoethyl) ⁇ -aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N- ⁇ (aminoethyl) ⁇ - Aminopropyltriethoxysilane, ⁇ -aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-phenyl- ⁇ -aminopropyltrimethoxysilane and the like are preferably used.
  • silane coupling agent having a mercapto group ⁇ -mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane and the like are preferably used.
  • silane coupling agent having an isocyanate group ⁇ -isocyanatopropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -isocyanatopropyltriethoxysilane, and the like are preferably used.
  • a silane coupling agent may be used simultaneously with a compound having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group, in order to crosslink with a compound having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group. It is preferable to use a silane coupling agent having an epoxy group.
  • silane coupling agent is used at the same time as the compound composed of alkoxysilane, it is preferable to use a silane coupling agent having an amine group from the viewpoint of increasing the reaction rate of dehydration polycondensation of alkoxysilane.
  • a layer having a hard coat property may be provided on the coating layer.
  • a silane coupling having an acrylic group or a methacryl group is provided. It is particularly preferable to use an agent.
  • silane coupling agent that can be used in the present embodiment is a silane coupling agent having alkoxysilane at both ends.
  • a silane coupling agent having alkoxysilane at both ends is desirable in that it can be crosslinked with a compound comprising alkoxysilane.
  • a compound comprising alkoxysilane As an example of the compound, an organic chain-containing both-end functional silane monomer described in JP-A No. 2000-326448 is preferably used.
  • a hydrolyzate of a silane coupling agent and a partial condensate of a hydrolyzate of a silane coupling agent are also preferably used.
  • the silane coupling agent includes a hydrolyzate of the silane coupling agent and a partial condensate of the hydrolyzate of the silane coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent having an epoxy group, an amine group, an acrylic group, or a methacryl group may be used alone, but it is more preferable to use two or more types in combination, and it is particularly preferable to use three types in combination.
  • a tertiary amine soluble in an organic solvent is used as a polycondensation catalyst for increasing the reaction rate, and two types of silane coupling agent having an epoxy group and a silane coupling agent having an acrylic group or a methacryl group are simultaneously used. Is more preferable.
  • the content rate of the compound which consists of an alkoxysilane, the compound which has a functional group which reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group, and a silane coupling agent is a mass%, b mass%, and c mass%, respectively (in this case, alkoxy
  • the content of the compound composed of silane is calculated from the calculated value after polycondensation when ideally condensed), a compound composed of alkoxysilane, and a compound having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group.
  • a / b is preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 80/20, and particularly preferably 40/60 to 80/20.
  • a / c is preferably 40/60 to 95/5, and more preferably 50/50 to 90/10.
  • a / (b + c) is preferably 10/90 to 90/10, 20/80 to 80/20 is more preferable, and 40/60 to 80/20 is particularly preferable.
  • b / c is preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 80/20, and still more preferably 40/60 to 80/20.
  • a catalyst and water are used in order to advance the polycondensation reaction of the compound consisting of alkoxysilane as described above.
  • curing catalyst examples include acids such as hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, and fumaric acid, and N, N-dimethylbenzylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, and tripentylamine that are soluble in organic solvents. Triamines, organic metals, metal alkoxides and the like are used.
  • the addition amount is preferably 1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the compound comprising alkoxysilane.
  • an amount that is at least the amount by which the partial hydrolyzate can theoretically be hydrolyzed by 100% is preferable, and an amount equivalent to 110 to 300% is more preferable. More preferably, an amount corresponding to 120 to 200% is added.
  • Coating solvent As the solvent of the coating composition for forming the silica-based coating film as the coating layer of this embodiment, one or two of water, methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butanol, isobutanol, and octanol are used. It is preferable to use a mixture of the above. The amount of the solvent is preferably adjusted so that the solid concentration is 15 to 60% by mass.
  • the polysilazane used is preferably the polysilazane described in paragraphs [0097] to [0104] described in JP-A No. 11-240103. Although it is possible to use polysilazane alone, it is also possible to use it in place of the aforementioned compound comprising alkoxysilane.
  • the polarizer is preferably composed of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and a dichroic molecule.
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • dichroic molecule a polyvinyl alcohol
  • PVA and polyvinyl chloride are dehydrated and dechlorinated.
  • a polyvinylene polarizer in which a polyene structure is generated and oriented may be used.
  • PVA is a polymer material obtained by saponifying polyvinyl acetate, but may contain a component copolymerizable with vinyl acetate such as unsaturated carboxylic acid, unsaturated sulfonic acid, olefins and vinyl ethers. Further, modified PVA containing an acetoacetyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxyl group, an oxyalkylene group, or the like may be used.
  • the degree of saponification of PVA is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose. For example, from the viewpoint of solubility and the like, it is preferably 80 to 100 mol%, more preferably 90 to 100 mol%.
  • the polymerization degree of PVA is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose. For example, 1,000 to 10,000 is preferable, and 1,500 to 5,000 is more preferable.
  • the syndiotacticity of PVA is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, as described in Japanese Patent No. 2978219, 55% or more is required to improve durability. However, as described in Japanese Patent No. 3317494, 45 to 52.5% can be preferably used. PVA is preferably formed into a film and then a dichroic molecule is introduced to form a polarizer.
  • a method for producing a PVA film a method of casting a stock solution obtained by dissolving a PVA resin in water or an organic solvent and forming a single film is generally preferably used.
  • concentration of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin in the stock solution is usually 5 to 20% by mass, and a PVA film having a film thickness of 10 to 200 ⁇ m can be produced by forming this stock solution by casting. It can also be produced by a method of coating on a base film and forming a laminate, and a thinner PVA film having a thickness of 1 to 20 ⁇ m can be formed.
  • the production of the PVA film is disclosed in Japanese Patent No. 3342516, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 09-328593, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-302817, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-144401, Japanese Patent No. 4279944, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-98653. It can carry out with reference to the production method described in the above.
  • the film thickness before stretching of the PVA film can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. For example, from the viewpoint of film holding stability and stretching uniformity, 1 ⁇ m to 1 mm is preferable, and 20 to 200 ⁇ m is more preferable. preferable.
  • a thin PVA film may be used in which the stress generated when stretching 4 to 6 times in water is 10 N or less.
  • the dichroic molecule, I 3 - and I 5 - higher iodine ion such as, or a dichroic dye is preferably used.
  • higher-order iodine ions are particularly preferably used in the present embodiment.
  • Higher-order iodine ions can be obtained by converting iodine into an aqueous potassium iodide solution as described in “Application of Polarizing Plate” by Nagata Ryo, CMC Publishing, Industrial Materials, Vol. 28, No. 7, p39-p45.
  • PVA can be immersed in the dissolved liquid and / or boric acid aqueous solution, and can be produced in a state of being adsorbed and oriented in PVA.
  • a dichroic dye is used as the dichroic molecule, an azo dye is preferable, and among them, a bisazo dye and a trisazo dye are more preferable.
  • the dichroic dye is preferably a water-soluble dye.
  • a hydrophilic substituent such as a sulfonic acid group, an amino group, or a hydroxyl group is introduced into the dichroic molecule, and a free acid, an alkali metal salt, an ammonium salt, or an amine is introduced. It is preferably used as a salt.
  • dichroic molecules having various hues two or more of these dichroic dyes may be blended.
  • the adsorption thickness may be 4 ⁇ m or more as described in JP-A No. 2002-082222.
  • the content of the dichroic molecule in the film is too small, the degree of polarization is low, and if it is too large, the single-plate transmittance is lowered, so that usually a polyvinyl alcohol polymer constituting the matrix of the film Is adjusted to a range of 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass.
  • the preferable film thickness of the polarizer is preferably 15 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 3 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less. Further, as described in JP-A-2002-174727, the ratio (A / B) between the thickness (A) of the polarizer and the thickness (B) of the protective film is set to 0.01 ⁇ A /B ⁇ 0.8 is also preferable.
  • the polarizing plate of this embodiment has the polarizer which consists of PVA, and the protective film containing the transparent base material and coating layer which consist of a cellulose ester.
  • the polarizing plate of this embodiment can be produced by a general method. That is, the polarizer side of the cellulose ester film of this embodiment and at least one surface of a polarizer produced by immersion and stretching in an iodine solution can be bonded together using an adhesive.
  • an adhesive agent a commercially available saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution or a photocurable adhesive agent can be used, and can be properly used depending on the film.
  • a protective film and a polarizer can be alkali-treated and these can be bonded by saponification type polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution.
  • the transparent substrate is an acrylic or polyester film
  • a protective film and a polarizer can be bonded using a photocurable adhesive.
  • a conventional polarizing plate protective film or an optical film may be bonded to the opposite side of the cellulose ester film (transparent substrate) on the viewing side with respect to the polarizer. It does not have to be combined. That is, the polarizing plate of the present embodiment may have only a cellulose ester film and a polarizer, and various configurations can be employed. In particular, it is preferable that the cellulose ester film is bonded to both sides of the polarizer.
  • the display apparatus of this embodiment is comprised by arrange
  • the polarizing plate of the present embodiment is not only a liquid crystal display device of various driving methods such as STN, TN, OCB, HAN, VA (MVA, PVA), IPS, OCB, but also other displays such as an organic EL display device and a plasma display. It can also be used for devices.
  • composition liquid a-1 for substrate
  • the following composition was placed in a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component to prepare a substrate composition liquid a-1.
  • Cellulose acetate acetyl substitution degree 2.87) 100.0 parts by mass Polyester compound (PE-1) 8.0 parts by mass Polarizer durability improver (A-6) 5.0 parts by mass UV absorber A 0 parts by mass Methylene chloride (first solvent) 300.0 parts by mass Methanol (second solvent) 75.0 parts by mass n-butanol (third solvent) 4.0 parts by mass
  • the polyester-based compound (PE-1) has an ethanediol / phthalic acid (1/1 (molar ratio)) condensate at both ends with an acetate ester, and its number average molecular weight Mn is 1000 It is.
  • the ultraviolet absorber A is represented by the following chemical structural formula.
  • composition liquid b-1 for coating layer The following composition was charged into a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component to prepare a coating layer composition liquid b-1.
  • Cellulose acetate acetyl substitution degree 2.87) 100.0 parts by mass
  • the polyester-based compound PE-1) 8.0 parts by mass Polarizer durability improver (A-6) 5.0 parts by mass Synthetic smectite (Lucentite) STN, manufactured by Coop Chemical Co., Ltd.) 66.0 parts by mass Methylene chloride (first solvent) 621.0 parts by mass Methanol (second solvent) 90.0 parts by mass n-butanol (third solvent) 5.0 parts by mass
  • composition liquid b-2 for coating layer 100 parts by mass of NK Ester A-TMM-3L (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1 part by mass of KF-351A (polyether-modified silicone oil, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), BYK-UV3505 (Bic Chemie) 2 parts by mass of Japan Co., Ltd., 220 parts by mass of V-8804 (silica fine particle dispersion, manufactured by JGC Catalysts & Chemicals Co., Ltd.), 12 parts by mass of Irgacure 184 (manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.), propylene glycol monomethyl ether 20 parts by mass and 240 parts by mass of normal propanol were mixed and stirred for about 30 minutes to prepare a coating layer composition liquid b-2.
  • the coating layer composition liquid b-2 was applied using an extrusion coater so that the dry film thickness was 5 ⁇ m, and the constant rate drying zone temperature was 50 ° C., the decreasing rate drying zone temperature was 50 ° C. After drying with an ultraviolet lamp using an ultraviolet lamp while purging with nitrogen so that the atmosphere has an oxygen concentration of 1.0% by volume or less, the illuminance of the irradiated part is 100 mW / cm 2 , and the irradiation dose is 0.2 J / cm 2. The coating layer was cured to form a coating layer b-2, and a protective film F1 was obtained. That is, the protective film F1 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-1 and the coating layer b-2 are laminated in this order on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is 30 ⁇ m.
  • composition liquid b-3 for coating layer 70 parts by mass of water and 5 parts by mass of Lucentite STN (solid content ratio 8% by mass, manufactured by Co-op Chemical) in water are mixed, and 3 parts by mass of vinyl alcohol polymer HR-3010 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) is mixed. After the addition, the mixture was stirred at 95 ° C. for 2 hours. Thereafter, the obtained composition liquid was filtered through a polypropylene filter having a pore diameter of 100 ⁇ m to obtain a coating layer composition liquid b-3.
  • the coating layer composition liquid b-2 is applied onto the coating layer b-3 and cured in the same manner as in the production of the protective film F1, thereby forming a coating layer b-2 having a dry film thickness of 5 ⁇ m.
  • a protective film F2 was obtained. That is, the protective film F2 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-3 and the coating layer b-2 are laminated in this order on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is 30 ⁇ m.
  • the protective film F1 was produced in the same manner as the protective film F1, except that the coating layer b-4 was formed using the coating layer composition liquid b-4 instead of the coating layer composition liquid b-2.
  • a protective film F4 was produced. That is, the protective film F4 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-1 and the coating layer b-4 are laminated in this order on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is 30 ⁇ m.
  • the protective film F1 was produced in the same manner as the protective film F1, except that the coating layer b-5 was formed using the coating layer composition liquid b-5 instead of the coating layer composition liquid b-2.
  • a protective film F5 was produced. That is, the protective film F5 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-1 and the coating layer b-5 are laminated in this order on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is 30 ⁇ m.
  • composition liquid b-6 for coating layer 15 parts by mass of perhydropolysilazane solution (NP110-20, solid content 20%) manufactured by AZ Electronic Materials Co., Ltd., which is a polysilazane solution, and 1 part by mass of BR-80 manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., which is a methyl methacrylate polymer After mixing and stirring for 30 minutes, composition liquid b-6 for coating layer was prepared.
  • perhydropolysilazane solution NP110-20, solid content 20%
  • BR-80 manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.
  • ⁇ Preparation of protective film F7> (Preparation and application of coating solution for undercoat layer) 6 parts by mass of styrene butadiene latex (solid content 43%), 1 part by mass of 2,4-dichloro-6-hydroxy-s-triazine sodium salt (8%), and 32 parts by mass of water are stirred to dissolve each component.
  • the undercoat layer coating solution was prepared.
  • the drum casting apparatus only the base material composition liquid a-1 was cast on a casting support, and stretched and dried to prepare a base material a-1 having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m. Thereafter, the substrate a-1 was unwound in a roll form, and the above undercoat layer coating solution was applied to one surface (the surface serving as an adhesive interface with the coating layer) so that the dry film thickness was 90 nm. .
  • composition liquid b-7 for coating layer 12 parts by mass of “Saran Resin R204” manufactured by Asahi Kasei Life & Living Co., Ltd. and 63 parts by mass of tetrahydrofuran were charged into a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component, thereby preparing a coating layer composition liquid b-7.
  • the substrate a-1 coated with the undercoat layer coating liquid on one side is unwound in a roll form, and the coating layer composition liquid b-7 is directly extruded onto the substrate a-1 using a coater having a slot die. And applied. At this time, the coating layer composition liquid b-7 was applied under the condition of a conveyance speed of 30 m / min so that the film thickness would be 5 ⁇ m, and dried at 80 ° C. for 5 minutes to form the coating layer b-7.
  • Rolled up as F7 That is, the protective film F7 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-7 is laminated on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is approximately 25 ⁇ m.
  • ⁇ Preparation of protective film F8> Using the drum casting apparatus, only the base material composition liquid a-1 was cast on a casting support, and stretched and dried to prepare a base material a-1 having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m. Thereafter, the substrate a-1 was subjected to corona treatment, and the mixture was applied to the corona-treated surface and dried to form an anchor coat layer having a thickness of 100 nm.
  • the above mixture refers to a hydroxyl group-containing acrylic resin ("Dainal LR209" manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.) and an isocyanate group-containing resin ("Sumidule N-3200" manufactured by Sumitomo Bayer Urethane Co., Ltd.). It is a mixture blended so that the equivalent ratio of the isocyanate group to 1 is 1: 1.
  • SiO was evaporated by a heating method under a vacuum of 2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 Pa using a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, and a 40 nm thick SiOx vacuum vapor deposition film (PVD film) was formed on the anchor coat layer.
  • the conveyance speed of the base material in forming the PVD inorganic layer was 250 m / min.
  • HMDSN hexamethyldisilazane
  • nitrogen and Ar gas were introduced at a molar ratio of 1: 7: 7 to form plasma under a vacuum of 0.4 Pa.
  • a CVD inorganic layer (SiOCN (silicon oxycarbonitride) was formed thereon (carbon content: 2 at.%, Thickness: 1 nm).
  • the substrate conveyance speed during the formation of the CVD inorganic layer was 250 m / min.
  • SiO is evaporated by a heating method under a vacuum of 2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 Pa, and an inorganic layer (SiOx) having a thickness of 40 nm is formed as a coating layer b-8 on the CVD inorganic layer.
  • the protective film F8 was obtained. That is, the protective film F8 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-8 is laminated on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is approximately 20 ⁇ m.
  • ⁇ Preparation of protective film F9> Using the drum casting apparatus, only the base material composition liquid a-1 was cast on a casting support, and stretched and dried to prepare a base material a-1 having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m. Thereafter, the coating layer composition b-2 is applied onto the substrate a-1 and cured in the same manner as in the production of the protective film F1 to form a coating layer b-2 having a dry film thickness of 5 ⁇ m. Thus, a protective film F9 was obtained. That is, the protective film F9 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-2 is laminated on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is 25 ⁇ m.
  • the coating layer b-1 is formed on both sides of the base material a-1 by the three-layer simultaneous casting using the base material composition liquid a-1 and the coating layer composition liquid b-1, and one coating layer b A coating layer b-2 was formed on -1.
  • the thickness of each coating layer b-1 was 2.5 ⁇ m. Therefore, the protective film F13 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-1, the base material a-1, the coating layer b-1, and the coating layer b-2 are laminated in this order, and the total film thickness is 30 ⁇ m.
  • composition liquid a-2 for substrate The following composition was placed in a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component to prepare a substrate composition liquid a-2.
  • Cellulose acetate acetyl substitution degree 2.86) 100.0 parts by mass Sucrose octabenzoate 5.0 parts by mass UV absorber A 2.0 parts by mass Polarizer durability improver (1-11) 8.0 parts by mass Methylene Chloride (first solvent) 300.0 parts by mass Methanol (second solvent) 75.0 parts by mass n-butanol (third solvent) 4.0 parts by mass
  • the protective film F1 was prepared except that the base material composition liquid a-1 was changed to the base material composition liquid a-2 and the coating layer b-1 was formed on the base material a-2 by two-layer simultaneous casting.
  • a protective film F14 was produced by the same method as the production. That is, the protective film F14 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-1 and the coating layer b-2 are laminated in this order on the base material a-2, and the total film thickness is 30 ⁇ m.
  • composition liquid a-3 for substrate The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component to prepare a composition liquid a-3 for a substrate.
  • Cellulose acetate acetyl substitution degree 2.87) 100.0 parts by mass Monopet (registered trademark) SB manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Kagaku Co. 9.0 parts by mass SAIB100 (plasticizer) manufactured by Eastman Chemical Co., Ltd. 3.0 parts by mass Polymer (P-01) 4.0 parts by mass UV absorber
  • the protective film F1 was prepared except that the base material composition liquid a-1 was changed to the base material composition liquid a-3, and the coating layer b-1 was formed on the base material a-3 by simultaneous casting of two layers.
  • a protective film F15 was produced by the same method as the production. That is, the protective film F15 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-1 and the coating layer b-2 are laminated in this order on the base material a-3, and the total film thickness is 30 ⁇ m.
  • composition liquid a-4 for substrate
  • the following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component to prepare a substrate composition liquid a-4.
  • Cellulose acetate acetyl substitution degree 2.86) 100.0 parts by mass
  • the polyester-based compound PE-1) 12.0 parts by mass Retardation increasing agent
  • a 3.0 parts by mass Compound X 2.0 parts by mass Methylene chloride 400.0 Parts by mass methanol 60.0 parts by mass
  • retardation raising agent A is shown with the following chemical structural formula.
  • the protective film F1 was formed except that the base material composition liquid a-1 was changed to the base material composition liquid a-4, and the coating layer b-1 was formed on the base material a-4 by simultaneous casting of two layers.
  • a protective film F16 was produced by the same method as the production. However, the thickness of the base material a-4 was 40 ⁇ m. That is, the protective film F16 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-1 and the coating layer b-2 are laminated in this order on the base material a-4, and the total film thickness is 50 ⁇ m.
  • a protective film F17 containing the base material a-5 was produced as follows.
  • Preparation of solution for skin layer 100 parts by mass of the following cellulose acylate solution 1 and a predetermined amount of the following matting agent dispersion 1 were mixed to prepare a skin layer solution.
  • the predetermined amount is such that the amount of the matting agent fine particles is 0.20 parts by mass with respect to the cellulose acylate resin.
  • Cellulose Acylate Solution 1 Cellulose acetate (acetyl substitution degree 2.87) 100.0 parts by mass Polyester compound (PE-2) 30.0 parts by mass Methylene chloride (first solvent) 350.0 parts by mass Methanol (second solvent) 90.0 parts by mass N-Butanol (third solvent) 5.0 parts by mass
  • the polyester compound (PE-2) has an acetyl ester form at both ends of the condensate of ethanediol / 1,2-propanediol / adipic acid (7/3/10 (molar ratio)).
  • the number average molecular weight Mn is 1000.
  • Matting Agent Dispersion 1 Matting agent (Aerosil R972) 2.0 parts by weight Methylene chloride (first solvent) 70.0 parts by weight Methanol (second solvent) 18.0 parts by weight n-butanol (third solvent) 1.0 part by weight Rate solution 1 1.0 part by mass
  • ⁇ Preparation of protective film F10> 40 parts by weight of a (meth) acrylic resin having a lactone ring structure [weight ratio of copolymerization monomer: methyl methacrylate / 2- (hydroxymethyl) methyl acrylate 8/2; lactone cyclization rate of about 100%]
  • a mixture of 60 parts by weight of acrylonitrile-styrene (AS) resin ⁇ Toyo AS AS20, manufactured by Toyo Styrene Co., Ltd. ⁇ is dissolved in a solvent of 250 parts by weight of methylene chloride and 10 parts by weight of ethanol, and uniformly on a stainless steel belt support. Casted. With the stainless steel band support, the solvent is evaporated until the residual solvent amount reaches 75% by weight, and the solvent is peeled off from the stainless steel band support, and dried while being transported by a number of rolls. 6 was obtained as a protective film F10.
  • ⁇ Protective film F11> As the base material a-7, an ester film E5101 (biaxially stretched polyester film with a film thickness of 25 ⁇ m, single-sided corona treatment) manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd. was used, and this base material a-7 was used as the protective film F11.
  • a norbornene resin [Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., ZEONOR (registered trademark) 1420] is melt-extruded at 250 ° C. and stretched at a stretching temperature of 135 ° C. in the width direction by 2 times and in the transport direction by 2 times. As a result, a base material a-8 having a dry film thickness of 20 ⁇ m was obtained. This base material a-8 was used as the protective film F12.
  • Preparation of polarizing plate> (Preparation of polarizer 1) A polyvinyl alcohol film (average polymerization degree 2400, saponification degree 99 mol%, trade name: VF-PS2400) manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd. is dissolved in hot water at 95 ° C. to obtain a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution having a concentration of 10% by weight. Was prepared. After apply
  • the thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol coating film in the obtained polarizer with PET (stretched laminate) was 10 ⁇ m.
  • polarizer 2 having a thickness of 5 ⁇ m, which is a coating-type polarizer, was obtained in the same manner as the production of the polarizer 1 except that the polyvinyl alcohol coating film before stretching was changed to 10 ⁇ m.
  • the protective film and the polarizer were bonded as follows.
  • the produced cellulose acetate film was alkali-treated with a 2.5 mol / L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution at 40 ° C. for 90 seconds, washed with water for 45 seconds, neutralized with 10% by mass HCl at 30 ° C. for 45 seconds, and then 30 ° C. for 45 seconds. It was washed with water and saponified to obtain an alkali-treated film. Then, the prepared polarizer and the alkali-treated film were bonded using a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol 5% aqueous solution as an adhesive.
  • the base material of the protective film contains other than cellulose ester (see base materials a-6 to a-8), the protective film and the polarizer were bonded as follows.
  • a composition for an adhesive layer comprising 100 parts by weight of N-hydroxyethylacrylamide and 3 parts by weight of Irgacure 127 (manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) as a micro gravure coater (gravure roll: # 300, rotational speed 140%). / Line speed) was applied so that the thickness after curing was 5 ⁇ m to obtain a protective film with an adhesive.
  • the adhesive side of the protective film with adhesive and the polarizer were bonded together with a roll machine. Thereafter, the adhesive was cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays from both sides.
  • the line speed was 20 m / min, and the cumulative amount of ultraviolet light applied to the protective film was 200 mJ / cm 2 , respectively.
  • x is the water vapor transmission rate of the whole protective film
  • y is the water vapor transmission rate of a base material
  • z is the water vapor transmission rate of a coating layer.
  • said coating layer refers to all the layers except a base material from the protective film.
  • the unit of moisture permeability is g / m 2 / day.
  • Table 1 shows the layer configuration of each protective film, the film thickness of each layer, and the moisture permeability.
  • the coating layers are a coating layer 1, a coating layer 2, and a coating layer 3 from the viewer side.
  • a conventionally known IPS type liquid crystal display panel was used as the liquid crystal display panel, and the polarizing plate on the viewing side thereof was replaced with the prepared polarizing plates P1 to P22, thereby manufacturing a liquid crystal display device.
  • the polarizing plates P1 to P22 were bonded to the panel using an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive so that the viewer-side protective film was on the outermost surface side (viewer side).
  • the produced IPS-type liquid crystal display device was subjected to wet heat treatment at 60 ° C. and 90% RH for 24 hours, and luminance unevenness (strong / weak) and color unevenness (presence or absence of color different from black) after 2 hours of backlight lighting
  • the influence was evaluated based on the following criteria by visual observation in a lighted room and under a fluorescent lamp.
  • the evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
  • Luminance unevenness or color unevenness appears to be weak visually in an extinguished environment, but does not bother under fluorescent lights.
  • X Brightness unevenness or color unevenness is worrisome even under a fluorescent lamp.
  • the moisture permeability of the coating layer is less than 0.1 g / m 2 / day, which is definitely below 1 g / m 2 / day. That is, the coating layer of the protective film F8 has a very high barrier property. For this reason, even if moisture from a polarizer is transmitted through a substrate made of cellulose ester at a high temperature, the moisture hardly penetrates the coating layer, and as a result, the polarizer deteriorates due to the moisture. Therefore, the display quality is considered to have deteriorated.
  • the moisture permeability of the coating layer is very high as 650 g / m 2 / day, and the moisture permeability of the entire protective film is also 430 g / m 2 / day, far exceeding 300 g / m 2 / day. It has become. For this reason, it is considered that moisture in the atmosphere easily passes through the coating layer and the base material and easily reaches the polarizer, and this moisture deteriorates the polarizer and lowers the display quality.
  • the protective films F10 to F12 of the polarizing plates P10 to P12 are composed of a single base material (no coating layer is provided on the viewing side of the base material).
  • the base material is a resin other than cellulose ester, that is, an acrylic resin, a polyester resin, or a norbornene resin, and the moisture permeability of these resins is lower than that of cellulose ester. For this reason, the moisture contained in the polarizer cannot be transmitted at a high temperature, and as a result, the polarizer deteriorates due to the moisture remaining at the interface between the polarizer and the film, resulting in a deterioration in display quality. it is conceivable that.
  • the coating layer (coating layer 3) is interposed between the base material and the polarizer, and the base material is not in direct contact with the polarizer. For this reason, the water
  • the polarizing plate P22 is composed of a polarizer having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m and a protective film F1. Since the thickness of the polarizer exceeds 15 ⁇ m, the amount of moisture originally contained in the polarizer is larger than that of the thin film polarizer. For this reason, even when moisture permeates from the polarizer in the substrate made of cellulose ester at high temperature, the diffusion of the moisture through the coating layer does not catch up, and as a result, the polarizer deteriorates due to the moisture, It is considered that the display quality has deteriorated.
  • the polarizer is a thin film having a film thickness of 15 ⁇ m or less
  • the moisture permeability of the coating layer of the protective film on the viewing side with respect to the polarizer is larger than 1 g / m 2 / day
  • the moisture permeability of the whole film is smaller than 300 g / m 2 / day, so that it is difficult for moisture from the outside to pass through the polarizer side by the coating layer. This is presumably because the light can be transmitted through the substrate made of ester and escaped to the outside through the coating layer, thereby suppressing the deterioration of the polarizer under high temperature conditions.
  • the lower limit of the moisture permeability of the coating layer is the moisture permeability of the coating layer of the protective film F6 (5 g / M 2 / day) and the moisture permeability of the coating layer of the protective film F8 (less than 0.1 g / m 2 / day) can be considered.
  • the coating layer does not have a high barrier property. From these facts, it can be said that the moisture permeability of the coating layer should be larger than 1 g / m 2 / day (much larger than the value indicating high barrier properties).
  • the upper limit value of the moisture permeability of the entire protective film is the moisture permeability (240 g / m of the protective film F3). 2 / day) and an intermediate value (335 g / m 2 / day) between the moisture permeability (430 g / m 2 / day) of the protective film F9 can be considered.
  • the evaluation result is closer to the better side than the intermediate value, that is, the value closer to the moisture permeability of the protective film F3 (300 g / m 2 / day), the evaluation result is assured. It is thought to improve.
  • the lower limit value of the moisture permeability of the coating layer is the moisture permeability (150 g) of the coating layer of the protective film F4.
  • / M 2 / day) and the value (50 g / m 2 / day) between the moisture permeability (30 g / m 2 / day) of the coating layer of the protective film F7 can be considered, and more than that value If the evaluation result is a value close to a good side, that is, a value close to the moisture permeability of the protective film F4 (100 g / m 2 / day), the evaluation result is considered to be surely good.
  • the lower limit of the moisture permeability of the coating layer is 1 g / m 2 / day, preferably 5 g / m 2 / day, more preferably 50 g / m 2 / day, and even more preferably 100 g. / M 2 / day, more preferably 150 g / m 2 / day.
  • the upper limit of the water vapor transmission rate of the whole protective film is 300 g / m ⁇ 2 > / day, Preferably it is 240 g / m ⁇ 2 > / day.
  • the polarizing plate, the manufacturing method of the polarizing plate, and the image display device of the present embodiment described above can be expressed as follows.
  • a polarizing plate having a polarizer and a protective film for protecting the polarizer
  • the polarizer is made of a film containing polyvinyl alcohol having a film thickness of 15 ⁇ m or less
  • the protective film has a base material made of cellulose ester and at least one coating layer in this order from the polarizer side,
  • the substrate and the polarizer are adjacent to each other,
  • the substrate has a thickness of 80 ⁇ m or less
  • the moisture permeability of the coating layer is greater than 1 g / m 2 / day
  • a polarizing plate wherein the moisture permeability of the entire protective film is smaller than 300 g / m 2 / day.
  • the moisture permeability of the coating layer is greater than 50 g / m 2 / day, 2.
  • R 1 represents a substituent
  • R 2 represents a group represented by the following general formula (1-2)
  • n1 represents an integer of 0 to 4
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 to 5
  • the plurality of R 2 may be the same or different from each other Good.
  • A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or the following general formula Represents a group represented by (1-3)
  • R 5 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • X represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring
  • n3 represents 0 to Represents an integer of 10, and when n3 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 5 and X may be the same or different from each other.
  • X 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring
  • R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5
  • N5 represents an integer of 1 to 11, and when n5 is 2 or more, a plurality of R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and X 1 may be the same or different from each other Good.
  • R 26 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group
  • R 27 and R 28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group
  • R 29 represents a hydrogen atom
  • R 26 , R 27 , and R 28 may each independently have a substituent. However, at least one of R 26 , R 27 and R 28 contains an aromatic ring.
  • R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 each independently represent a substituent.
  • x represents 0 to 40 in molar ratio.
  • y represents a molar ratio of 5 to 95.
  • z represents a molar ratio of 0 to 70.
  • m1 and m2 each represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • m3 represents an integer of 0-2.
  • m4 represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • R 101 , R 102 and R 103 represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the liquid crystal cell is sandwiched between the viewing side polarizing plate and the backlight side polarizing plate,
  • the liquid crystal display device, wherein the viewing side polarizing plate is the polarizing plate according to any one of 1 to 11 above.
  • the manufacturing method of the polarizing plate characterized by having the process of bonding the surface on the opposite side to the said board
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention can be used for a display device such as a liquid crystal display device.
  • Liquid crystal display device (display device) 4 Liquid crystal cell 5 Polarizing plate (viewing side polarizing plate) 6 Polarizing plate (Backlight side polarizing plate) 11 Polarizer 12 Optical film (protective film) 13 Optical Film 21 Base Material 22 Coating Layer 31 Substrate

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

This polarizing plate (5) comprises a polarizer (11) and an optical film (12) serving as a protective film that protects the polarizer (11). The polarizer (11) is formed of a film having a thickness of 15 μm or less and containing a polyvinyl alcohol. The optical film (12) comprises a base (21), which is formed of a cellulose ester, and at least one coating layer (22) in this order from the polarizer (11) side. The base (21) and the polarizer (11) are adjacent to each other. The base (21) has a thickness of 80 μm or less. The coating layer (22) has a water vapor permeability of more than 1 g/m2/day. The optical film (12) as a whole has a water vapor permeability of less than 300 g/m2/day.

Description

偏光板、偏光板の製造方法、および液晶表示装置Polarizing plate, manufacturing method of polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
 本発明は、偏光子上に保護フィルムを有する偏光板と、その偏光場の製造方法と、その偏光板を備えた液晶表示装置とに関するものである。 The present invention relates to a polarizing plate having a protective film on a polarizer, a method for producing the polarizing field, and a liquid crystal display device including the polarizing plate.
 液晶表示装置においては、薄型化や部品の軽量化が広がっている。特に、中小型の液晶表示装置は軽量化が進んでおり、色々な場所への持ち運びが可能となっている。このため、例えば風呂場のような高温高湿環境下で中小型の液晶表示装置を使用する形態も増えつつある。このような高温高湿環境下では、偏光板の耐久性、およびそれに起因する表示装置の表示ムラが問題となる。 Liquid crystal display devices are becoming thinner and lighter. In particular, medium- and small-sized liquid crystal display devices have been reduced in weight, and can be carried to various places. For this reason, for example, the form which uses a medium-sized liquid crystal display device in high-temperature, high-humidity environment like a bathroom is increasing. Under such a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, the durability of the polarizing plate and the display unevenness of the display device resulting from it become a problem.
 一般的に、偏光板は、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)からなる偏光子を両側から保護フィルムで挟んで構成されている。保護フィルムは、光学的等方性および透明性に優れ、PVAとの密着性に優れるセルロースエステルフィルム、中でもトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(TACフィルム)が広く使用されてきた。 Generally, a polarizing plate is configured by sandwiching a polarizer made of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) from both sides with a protective film. As the protective film, a cellulose ester film having excellent optical isotropy and transparency and excellent adhesion to PVA, particularly a triacetyl cellulose film (TAC film) has been widely used.
 偏光子は、PVAフィルムにヨウ素を染色して作られており、特に水分によってPVAフィルムからヨウ素が脱色し、劣化してしまうことが知られている。また、偏光子を構成するPVAフィルムは、染色したヨウ素を配向させるために、非常に高倍率で延伸されており、高温高湿環境下ではPVAフィルムが水分を含むことで収縮し、偏光板の反りや歪みを引き起こしてしまう。 The polarizer is made by dyeing iodine on a PVA film, and it is known that iodine is decolorized from the PVA film due to moisture in particular and deteriorates. In addition, the PVA film constituting the polarizer is stretched at a very high magnification in order to orient the dyed iodine. In a high temperature and high humidity environment, the PVA film shrinks by containing moisture, and the polarizing plate Causes warping and distortion.
 保護フィルムとして使用されているセルロースエステルフィルムは、透湿性および吸湿性が非常に高いため、保護フィルムを透過する水分により、上記のように偏光子が劣化しやすい等の問題があった。 Since the cellulose ester film used as a protective film has very high moisture permeability and hygroscopicity, there has been a problem that the polarizer is likely to deteriorate as described above due to moisture that passes through the protective film.
 これに対して、例えば特許文献1または2では、保護フィルムをポリエステル系樹脂フィルムやノルボルネン系樹脂フィルムなどの低透湿の材料で構成する技術が開示されている。このような低透湿の材料を用いることにより、保護フィルムにおいて外部からの水分の侵入を防ぎ、水分による偏光子の劣化を抑えることができるものと考えられる。 On the other hand, for example, Patent Document 1 or 2 discloses a technique in which the protective film is made of a low moisture-permeable material such as a polyester-based resin film or a norbornene-based resin film. By using such a low moisture-permeable material, it is considered that moisture can be prevented from entering from the outside in the protective film and deterioration of the polarizer due to moisture can be suppressed.
特開2012-203211号公報(請求項1、段落〔0004〕、〔0005〕等参照)Japanese Patent Laying-Open No. 2012-202111 (see claim 1, paragraphs [0004], [0005], etc.) 特開2008-102475号公報(請求項1、7、段落〔0008〕、〔0023〕等参照)JP 2008-102475 A (see claims 1 and 7, paragraphs [0008] and [0023], etc.)
 しかし、近年では、各部材の軽量化が益々進んでおり、特に偏光子が薄膜(例えば膜厚15μm以下)になった場合では、上記技術では対応できなくなってきていることがわかってきた。つまり、保護フィルムを低透湿の材料で構成しても、偏光子が薄膜の場合には、高温条件下で偏光子の劣化が起き、表示部分の変色、コントラスト低下を防ぐことができないことがわかってきた。 However, in recent years, the weight of each member has been increasingly reduced, and it has been found that the above technique cannot be applied particularly when the polarizer becomes a thin film (for example, a film thickness of 15 μm or less). In other words, even if the protective film is made of a material with low moisture permeability, when the polarizer is a thin film, the polarizer is deteriorated under high temperature conditions, and it is impossible to prevent discoloration of the display portion and contrast reduction. I understand.
 本願発明者が鋭意検討した結果、上記の偏光子劣化は、偏光子のベースであるPVAに含まれる水分により起きていることがわかった。すなわち、偏光子を低透湿のフィルムで保護することで、外部からの水分の侵入を防ぐことができるが、高温条件下では、外部の湿度条件に関係なく、逆にPVAに含まれている水分が逃げ場を失い、その水分がヨウ素を脱色することで偏光子劣化が生じているものと考えられる。したがって、偏光子が薄膜の場合、高温条件下で偏光子自身の水分に起因する偏光子劣化を抑えるようにすることが望まれる。 As a result of intensive studies by the inventor of the present application, it was found that the above-described polarizer deterioration is caused by moisture contained in PVA which is the base of the polarizer. That is, by protecting the polarizer with a low moisture-permeable film, moisture can be prevented from entering from the outside. However, under high temperature conditions, it is contained in PVA, regardless of the external humidity conditions. It is considered that the polarizer has deteriorated due to moisture losing its escape and the moisture decolorizing iodine. Therefore, when the polarizer is a thin film, it is desired to suppress the deterioration of the polarizer due to the moisture of the polarizer itself under high temperature conditions.
 なお、偏光子が含有する水分量を減らすことにより、上記の問題を解決する考え方もできる。しかし、偏光子が含有する水分量が少なすぎると、フィルム品質が劣化したり、保護フィルムとの接着性が劣化したりするおそれがあり、それによって生産性に悪影響を及ぼす可能性があるため、好ましくない。 In addition, the idea of solving the above problem can be achieved by reducing the amount of water contained in the polarizer. However, if the amount of water contained in the polarizer is too small, the film quality may deteriorate or the adhesion to the protective film may deteriorate, which may adversely affect productivity. It is not preferable.
 本発明は、上記の問題を解決するためになされたものであって、その目的は、偏光子が薄膜の場合でも、偏光子が含有する水分量を減らすことなく、高温条件下での偏光子の劣化を抑えることができる偏光板およびその製造方法と、その偏光板を備えた液晶表示装置とを提供することにある。 The present invention has been made in order to solve the above-described problem. The object of the present invention is to provide a polarizer under high temperature conditions without reducing the amount of water contained in the polarizer even when the polarizer is a thin film. It is providing the polarizing plate which can suppress deterioration of this, its manufacturing method, and a liquid crystal display device provided with the polarizing plate.
 本発明の上記目的は、以下の構成により達成される。 The above object of the present invention is achieved by the following configuration.
 本発明の一側面に係る偏光板は、偏光子と、該偏光子を保護する保護フィルムとを有する偏光板であって、
 前記偏光子は、膜厚が15μm以下の、ポリビニルアルコールを含有するフィルムからなり、
 前記保護フィルムは、前記偏光子側から、セルロースエステルからなる基材と、少なくとも1層の被覆層とをこの順で有しており、
 前記基材と前記偏光子とは、隣接しており、
 前記基材の厚みは、80μm以下であり、
 前記被覆層の透湿度が、1g/m/dayよりも大きく、
 前記保護フィルム全体の透湿度が、300g/m/dayよりも小さい。
A polarizing plate according to one aspect of the present invention is a polarizing plate having a polarizer and a protective film for protecting the polarizer,
The polarizer is made of a film containing polyvinyl alcohol having a film thickness of 15 μm or less,
The protective film has a base material made of cellulose ester and at least one coating layer in this order from the polarizer side,
The substrate and the polarizer are adjacent to each other,
The substrate has a thickness of 80 μm or less,
The moisture permeability of the coating layer is greater than 1 g / m 2 / day,
The moisture permeability of the entire protective film is smaller than 300 g / m 2 / day.
 上記の構成によれば、偏光子が膜厚15μm以下の薄膜の場合でも、保護フィルムの被覆層および保護フィルム全体の透湿度を上記のように規定することにより、外部からの水分を被覆層によって偏光子側に通しにくくする一方で、高温条件下において、偏光子が含有する水分を、セルロースエステルからなる基材において透過(透湿)させ、被覆層を介して外部に逃がすことができる。その結果、偏光子が薄膜の場合でも、偏光子が含有する水分量を減らすことなく、高温条件下での偏光子の劣化を抑えることができる。 According to the above configuration, even when the polarizer is a thin film having a film thickness of 15 μm or less, by defining the moisture permeability of the protective film coating layer and the entire protective film as described above, moisture from the outside is applied by the coating layer. While making it difficult to pass through to the polarizer side, moisture contained in the polarizer can be transmitted (moisture permeable) through a base material made of cellulose ester under high temperature conditions and escape to the outside through the coating layer. As a result, even when the polarizer is a thin film, deterioration of the polarizer under high temperature conditions can be suppressed without reducing the amount of water contained in the polarizer.
本発明の実施の形態に係る液晶表示装置の概略の構成を示す断面図である。1 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 上記液晶表示装置の偏光板の製造工程の一例を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows an example of the manufacturing process of the polarizing plate of the said liquid crystal display device.
 本発明の実施の一形態について、図面に基づいて説明すれば以下の通りである。なお、本明細書において、数値範囲をA~Bと表記した場合、その数値範囲に下限Aおよび上限Bの値は含まれるものとする。また、本発明は、以下の内容に限定されるものではない。 An embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings. In this specification, when the numerical range is expressed as A to B, the numerical value range includes the values of the lower limit A and the upper limit B. The present invention is not limited to the following contents.
 〔偏光板の概要〕
 まず、本実施形態の偏光板の概要について説明する。一般的に、偏光板の偏光子は、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)フィルムをヨウ素で染色して作られており、フィルム表面側の染色領域と、フィルム内側の非染色領域とを有しているものと考えられる。一般的な公知の製造方法で薄膜の偏光子を製造する場合、染色方法を変えない限り、染色領域の厚みは変わらず、非染色領域だけが薄膜化する。非染色領域が薄膜化することで、表面側の染色領域に対して外部からの水分の侵入が多くなり、偏光子劣化が激しくなる。低透湿のフィルムを偏光子の保護フィルムとして使用することで、外部からの水分の侵入を防ぐことはできるが、今度は偏光子のPVAに含まれている水分が逃げ場を失い、染色領域に悪影響を及ぼす。
[Outline of polarizing plate]
First, the outline | summary of the polarizing plate of this embodiment is demonstrated. Generally, a polarizer of a polarizing plate is made by dyeing a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) film with iodine, and has a dyed area on the film surface side and a non-dyed area on the film inner side. Conceivable. When a thin film polarizer is manufactured by a general known manufacturing method, the thickness of the dyed region does not change unless the dyeing method is changed, and only the non-stained region is thinned. By reducing the thickness of the non-stained region, moisture enters from outside to the dyed region on the surface side, and the polarizer is severely deteriorated. By using a low moisture-permeable film as a protective film for the polarizer, it is possible to prevent moisture from entering from the outside, but this time the moisture contained in the PVA of the polarizer loses its escape and becomes a dyeing area. Adversely affect.
 そこで、本実施形態では、偏光板を以下のように構成している。すなわち、本実施形態の偏光板は、偏光子と、該偏光子を保護する保護フィルムとを有している。偏光子は、膜厚が15μm以下の、PVAを含有するフィルムからなる。保護フィルムは、偏光子側から、セルロースエステルからなる基材と、少なくとも1層の被覆層とをこの順で有している。上記基材と上記偏光子とは、隣接している。上記基材の厚みは、80μm以下である。上記被覆層の透湿度は、1g/m/dayよりも大きく、保護フィルム全体の透湿度は、300g/m/dayよりも小さい。ここで、透湿度は、JIS Z 0208に記載の方法より、40℃90%RH条件下で、1mあたり24時間の透湿量の値(g/m/day)として求めたものである。上記の中でも、特に、保護フィルムの膜厚が30μm以下であり、保護フィルムに含まれる被覆層の透湿度が50g/m/dayよりも大きいことが望ましい。 Therefore, in the present embodiment, the polarizing plate is configured as follows. That is, the polarizing plate of this embodiment has a polarizer and a protective film that protects the polarizer. The polarizer is made of a film containing PVA having a film thickness of 15 μm or less. The protective film has a base material made of cellulose ester and at least one coating layer in this order from the polarizer side. The base material and the polarizer are adjacent to each other. The base material has a thickness of 80 μm or less. The moisture permeability of the coating layer is larger than 1 g / m 2 / day, and the moisture permeability of the entire protective film is smaller than 300 g / m 2 / day. Here, the moisture permeability is determined as a value of moisture permeability (g / m 2 / day) for 24 hours per 1 m 2 under the condition of 40 ° C. and 90% RH by the method described in JIS Z 0208. . Among these, in particular, it is desirable that the film thickness of the protective film is 30 μm or less, and the moisture permeability of the coating layer included in the protective film is larger than 50 g / m 2 / day.
 保護フィルムは、偏光子側から、セルロースエステルフィルムからなる基材と、低透湿の被覆層とをこの順で有しているので、外部からの水分の侵入を低透湿の被覆層によって防ぐことができ、上記水分による偏光子の劣化を抑えることができる。また、低透湿の被覆層と偏光子との間に、セルロースエステルフィルムからなる基材を設け、被覆層および保護フィルム全体の透湿度を上記のように規定することにより、高温条件下では、偏光子のPVAに含まれている水分を吸収する緩衝材のような効果が生まれ、上記水分を基材において透過させ、被覆層を介して外部に逃がすことができる。その結果、偏光子が薄膜の場合でも、偏光子が元々含有する水分量を減らすことなく、高温条件下での偏光子の劣化を抑えることができるものと考えられる。 Since the protective film has a base material made of a cellulose ester film and a low moisture-permeable coating layer in this order from the polarizer side, entry of moisture from the outside is prevented by the low moisture-permeable coating layer. And deterioration of the polarizer due to the moisture can be suppressed. In addition, by providing a substrate composed of a cellulose ester film between the low moisture-permeable coating layer and the polarizer, and by defining the moisture permeability of the coating layer and the entire protective film as described above, under high temperature conditions, An effect like a buffer material that absorbs moisture contained in the PVA of the polarizer is born, and the moisture can be transmitted through the substrate and escaped to the outside through the coating layer. As a result, even when the polarizer is a thin film, it is considered that deterioration of the polarizer under high temperature conditions can be suppressed without reducing the amount of moisture originally contained in the polarizer.
 このとき、セルロースエステルフィルムを使用するだけではあまり効果が無く、低透湿な部分(被覆層)が外部からの水分の侵入をある程度防ぎ、さらに内部の水分を外部へ逃がすことができるようにすることで、偏光子劣化を効果的に抑えることができるものと考えられる。このように偏光子の劣化を抑えることで、偏光板の耐久性を向上させることができる。 At this time, the use of a cellulose ester film is not very effective, and the low moisture-permeable portion (coating layer) prevents moisture from entering from the outside to some extent, and further allows internal moisture to escape to the outside. Thus, it is considered that the polarizer deterioration can be effectively suppressed. Thus, the durability of the polarizing plate can be improved by suppressing the deterioration of the polarizer.
 特に、例えばポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)からなる、上記のセルロースエステルフィルムとは別のフィルムを基板として用い、この基板にPVAを塗布して製膜する方法で作られた偏光子(塗布型偏光子)では、基板にPVAを積層した状態で染色されるのが一般的であり、PVAの片側(基板とは反対側)しか染色されない。つまり、染色領域は、PVAの一方の面側にしか存在しない。したがって、この染色領域が水分によって劣化すると、偏光子としての機能が損なわれることになる。これに対して、塗布型偏光子以外の通常の偏光子では、偏光子の両面が染色され、染色領域がPVAの両面に存在するため、どちらか一方の染色領域が水分によって劣化しても、残りの染色領域が劣化していなければ、偏光子としての機能を発揮し得る。したがって、通常の偏光子に比べて染色領域の数が少ない塗布型偏光子は、通常の偏光子に比べて劣化しやすいと言える。 In particular, a polarizer made of polyethylene terephthalate (PET), which is a film different from the above cellulose ester film as a substrate, and is formed by applying PVA to the substrate to form a film (coating polarizer). Then, it is common to dye | stain in the state which laminated | stacked PVA on the board | substrate, and only the one side (opposite side of a board | substrate) of PVA is dye | stained. That is, the dyed region exists only on one side of the PVA. Therefore, when this dyeing | staining area | region deteriorates with a water | moisture content, the function as a polarizer will be impaired. On the other hand, in a normal polarizer other than a coating type polarizer, both sides of the polarizer are dyed, and the dyed areas are present on both sides of the PVA, so even if either one of the dyed areas deteriorates due to moisture, If the remaining dyed area is not deteriorated, the function as a polarizer can be exhibited. Therefore, it can be said that a coating-type polarizer having a smaller number of dyed regions than a normal polarizer is more likely to deteriorate than a normal polarizer.
 また、塗布型偏光子を用いる場合、生産性等の観点から、基板とPVAとが積層された状態で、PVAの染色されている面に対して新たなフィルムが直接貼合される。したがって、この新たなフィルムが低透湿であると、高温条件下にてPVAに含まれる水分の逃げ場がないため、PVAの染色領域が劣化しやすくなり、より悪影響を受けやすい状態で使用される。 In addition, when using a coating type polarizer, from the viewpoint of productivity and the like, a new film is directly bonded to the PVA-dyed surface in a state where the substrate and the PVA are laminated. Therefore, if this new film has low moisture permeability, there is no escape space for moisture contained in PVA under high temperature conditions, so that the dyeing area of PVA tends to deteriorate and is used in a state where it is more susceptible to adverse effects. .
 以上の観点から、偏光子の劣化を抑えることができる上述の構成は、特に塗布型偏光子を用いる場合において非常に有効となる。 From the above viewpoint, the above-described configuration capable of suppressing the deterioration of the polarizer is very effective particularly when a coating type polarizer is used.
 なお、保護フィルムの基材として使用するセルロースエステルは、透湿性が高く、後述するような添加剤を加えても、膜厚80μmのフィルムで透湿度が300g/m/day以上であり、膜厚30μmのフィルムでは透湿度が800g/m/day以上である(膜厚80μm以下で透湿度300g/m/dayを下回るセルロースエステル単層フィルムを作製することは、公知の技術では不可能である)。このため、セルロースエステルからなる基材の膜厚が80μm以下の構成において(基材の透湿度が300g/m/day以上である構成において)、保護フィルム全体の透湿度を300g/m/dayよりも小さくするためには、被覆層の透湿度を所定の値よりも低くする必要がある。上記所定の値(被覆層の透湿度の上限値)は、以下のようにして導き出すことができる。 In addition, the cellulose ester used as the base material of the protective film has high moisture permeability, and even if an additive as described later is added, the film has a film thickness of 80 μm and has a moisture permeability of 300 g / m 2 / day or more. A film having a thickness of 30 μm has a water vapor transmission rate of 800 g / m 2 / day or more (a cellulose ester monolayer film having a film thickness of 80 μm or less and a water vapor transmission rate of less than 300 g / m 2 / day cannot be produced by a known technique. Is). For this reason, in the structure whose film thickness of the base material which consists of cellulose ester is 80 micrometers or less (in the structure whose water vapor transmission rate of a base material is 300 g / m < 2 > / day or more), the water vapor transmission rate of the whole protective film is 300 g / m < 2 > /. In order to make it smaller than day, it is necessary to make the moisture permeability of the coating layer lower than a predetermined value. The predetermined value (upper limit value of moisture permeability of the coating layer) can be derived as follows.
 一般的に、第1の層Aと第2の層Bとを積層してフィルムCを構成した場合において、フィルムC全体の透湿度をx(g/m/day)とし、第1の層Aの透湿度をy(g/m/day)とし、第2の層Bの透湿度をz(g/m/day)としたとき、1/x=1/y+1/zの関係が成り立つことが知られている。これを保護フィルムに当てはめると、保護フィルム全体の透湿度をx(g/m/day)とし、基材の透湿度をy(g/m/day)とし、被覆層の透湿度をz(g/m/day)とした場合も、1/x=1/y+1/zの関係が成り立つ。この式を用いることにより、保護フィルムの透湿度を一定値にしようとした場合に、特定の透湿度の基材に対して、透湿度がいくらの被覆層を設ければよいかの目安を導き出すことができる。つまり、被覆層の透湿度の上限値は、保護フィルム全体の透湿度(目標値)や、用いる基材の透湿度(基材の種類および膜厚)によって変動し得る。 Generally, when the film C is formed by laminating the first layer A and the second layer B, the moisture permeability of the entire film C is x (g / m 2 / day), and the first layer When the moisture permeability of A is y (g / m 2 / day) and the moisture permeability of the second layer B is z (g / m 2 / day), the relationship 1 / x = 1 / y + 1 / z is satisfied. It is known to hold. When this is applied to the protective film, the moisture permeability of the entire protective film is x (g / m 2 / day), the moisture permeability of the substrate is y (g / m 2 / day), and the moisture permeability of the coating layer is z. In the case of (g / m 2 / day), the relationship 1 / x = 1 / y + 1 / z is established. By using this formula, when the moisture permeability of the protective film is to be set to a constant value, a guide for how much the moisture permeability should be provided for a specific moisture permeability substrate is derived. be able to. That is, the upper limit value of the moisture permeability of the coating layer can vary depending on the moisture permeability (target value) of the entire protective film and the moisture permeability (type and thickness of the substrate) of the substrate to be used.
 以下、本実施形態の表示装置について説明する。 Hereinafter, the display device of this embodiment will be described.
 〔表示装置の構成〕
 図1は、本実施形態の表示装置としての液晶表示装置1の概略の構成を示す断面図である。液晶表示装置1は、液晶表示パネル2と、バックライト3とを備えている。バックライト3は、液晶表示パネル2を照明するための光源である。
[Configuration of display device]
FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a liquid crystal display device 1 as a display device of the present embodiment. The liquid crystal display device 1 includes a liquid crystal display panel 2 and a backlight 3. The backlight 3 is a light source for illuminating the liquid crystal display panel 2.
 液晶表示パネル2は、液晶層を一対の基板で挟持した液晶セル4(表示セル)の両側に、偏光板5・6をそれぞれ配置して構成されている。偏光板5は、粘着層7を介して液晶セル4の一方の面側(液晶セル4とは反対側である視認側)に貼り付けられている。偏光板6は、粘着層8を介して液晶セル4の他方の面側(液晶セル4とは反対側であるバックライト3側)に貼り付けられている。液晶表示パネル2の駆動方式は特に限定されず、IPS(In Plane Switching)型式、TN(Twisted Nematic)方式など、様々な駆動方式を採用することができる。 The liquid crystal display panel 2 is configured by disposing polarizing plates 5 and 6 on both sides of a liquid crystal cell 4 (display cell) in which a liquid crystal layer is sandwiched between a pair of substrates. The polarizing plate 5 is attached to one surface side of the liquid crystal cell 4 (viewing side opposite to the liquid crystal cell 4) with the adhesive layer 7 interposed therebetween. The polarizing plate 6 is attached to the other surface side of the liquid crystal cell 4 (backlight 3 side opposite to the liquid crystal cell 4) via the adhesive layer 8. The driving method of the liquid crystal display panel 2 is not particularly limited, and various driving methods such as an IPS (In Plane Switching) type and a TN (Twisted Nematic) method can be employed.
 偏光板5は、所定の直線偏光を透過する偏光子11と、偏光子11の視認側(表面側)に配置される保護フィルムとしての光学フィルム12と、偏光子11のバックライト3側(裏面側)に配置される光学フィルム13とで構成されている。なお、裏面側の光学フィルム13を省略し、偏光子11を直接粘着層7と接触させてもよい。偏光板6は、所定の直線偏光を透過する偏光子14と、偏光子14の視認側に配置される光学フィルム15と、偏光子14のバックライト3側に配置される光学フィルム16とで構成されている。なお、光学フィルム15を省略し、偏光子14を直接粘着層8と接触させてもよい。偏光子11と偏光子14とは、クロスニコル状態となるように配置されている。バックライト3側の偏光板6としては、従来公知のものを使用することができる。以下、視認側の偏光板5について説明する。 The polarizing plate 5 includes a polarizer 11 that transmits predetermined linearly polarized light, an optical film 12 as a protective film disposed on the viewing side (front side) of the polarizer 11, and the backlight 3 side (back side) of the polarizer 11. And an optical film 13 disposed on the side). Note that the optical film 13 on the back side may be omitted, and the polarizer 11 may be in direct contact with the adhesive layer 7. The polarizing plate 6 includes a polarizer 14 that transmits predetermined linearly polarized light, an optical film 15 that is disposed on the viewing side of the polarizer 14, and an optical film 16 that is disposed on the backlight 3 side of the polarizer 14. Has been. The optical film 15 may be omitted, and the polarizer 14 may be directly in contact with the adhesive layer 8. The polarizer 11 and the polarizer 14 are arranged so as to be in a crossed Nicols state. As the polarizing plate 6 on the backlight 3 side, a conventionally known one can be used. Hereinafter, the polarizing plate 5 on the viewing side will be described.
 偏光板5の偏光子11は、膜厚15μm以下のPVAフィルムをヨウ素で染色して形成されている。光学フィルム12は、フィルム基材21と、フィルム基材21の視認側に積層される少なくとも1層からなる被覆層22とを有している。 The polarizer 11 of the polarizing plate 5 is formed by dyeing a PVA film having a thickness of 15 μm or less with iodine. The optical film 12 has a film substrate 21 and a coating layer 22 composed of at least one layer laminated on the viewing side of the film substrate 21.
 フィルム基材21は、セルロースエステからなる透明基材である。フィルム基材21の厚みは、80μm以下である。フィルム基材21の透湿度は、フィルム基材21が後述する可塑剤を含む場合、厚さ80μmでおよそ350~400g/m/dayであり、厚さ60μmでおよそ500g/m/dayである。 The film substrate 21 is a transparent substrate made of cellulose esthetic. The thickness of the film substrate 21 is 80 μm or less. The moisture permeability of the film substrate 21 is approximately 350 to 400 g / m 2 / day at a thickness of 80 μm and approximately 500 g / m 2 / day at a thickness of 60 μm when the film substrate 21 includes a plasticizer described later. is there.
 被覆層22の透湿度は、1g/m/dayよりも大きい。これは、被覆層22に、外部からの水分の侵入を抑える一方、フィルム基材21を透過した偏光子11の水分を外部に放出する機能を持たせるためである。すなわち、被覆層22は、水分の透過をある程度抑えるバリア性を有するものであり、水分の透過を完全に防ぐハイバリア性を有するものではない。ハイバリア性を有するフィルムの透湿度は、一般的に、1g/m/dayよりも格段に(2桁から3桁)小さい。 The moisture permeability of the coating layer 22 is greater than 1 g / m 2 / day. This is because the coating layer 22 has a function of preventing moisture from entering from the outside and releasing the moisture of the polarizer 11 that has passed through the film substrate 21 to the outside. That is, the coating layer 22 has a barrier property that suppresses moisture permeation to some extent, and does not have a high barrier property that completely prevents moisture permeation. The moisture permeability of a film having a high barrier property is generally much smaller (2 to 3 digits) than 1 g / m 2 / day.
 ここで、光学フィルム12の全体の透湿度が高すぎると、被覆層22が外部からの水分の侵入を抑えることができなくなるため、光学フィルム12の全体の透湿度は、300g/m/dayよりも小さくする必要がある。したがって、フィルム基材12の上記透湿度を考慮すると、前述の関係式より、被覆層22の透湿度の上限が自ずと制限される。 Here, if the entire moisture permeability of the optical film 12 is too high, the coating layer 22 cannot suppress the intrusion of moisture from the outside. Therefore, the moisture permeability of the entire optical film 12 is 300 g / m 2 / day. It is necessary to make it smaller. Therefore, when the moisture permeability of the film substrate 12 is taken into consideration, the upper limit of the moisture permeability of the coating layer 22 is naturally limited by the above-described relational expression.
 このように、偏光子11が膜厚15μm以下の薄膜の場合でも、光学フィルム12の被覆層22および光学フィルム12全体の透湿度を上記のように規定することにより、外部からの水分を被覆層22によって偏光子11側に通しにくくする一方で、高温条件下において、偏光子11に含まれている水分を、セルロースエステルからなるフィルム基材21において透過させ、被覆層22を介して外部に逃がすことができる。その結果、偏光子11が薄膜の場合でも、偏光子11に含まれている水分量を減らすことなく、高温条件下での偏光子11の劣化を抑えることができ、偏光板5の耐久性を向上させることができる。 Thus, even when the polarizer 11 is a thin film having a film thickness of 15 μm or less, the moisture content from the outside is covered by defining the moisture permeability of the coating layer 22 of the optical film 12 and the entire optical film 12 as described above. 22 makes it difficult to pass through to the polarizer 11 side, but allows moisture contained in the polarizer 11 to pass through the film base material 21 made of cellulose ester under high temperature conditions and to escape to the outside through the coating layer 22. be able to. As a result, even when the polarizer 11 is a thin film, deterioration of the polarizer 11 under a high temperature condition can be suppressed without reducing the amount of moisture contained in the polarizer 11, and the durability of the polarizing plate 5 can be improved. Can be improved.
 被覆層22の透湿度は、10g/m/dayよりも大きく、光学フィルム12の膜厚は30μm以下であってもよい。光学フィルム12の膜厚が30μm以下であることにより、フィルム基材21が薄膜化し、その透湿度がさらに増大する。つまり、フィルム基材21が偏光子11の水分をより透過させやすくなる。この場合に、被覆層22の透湿度が10g/m/dayよりも大きいことで、フィルム基材21を透過した偏光子11からの水分を、被覆層22を介して外部に効率よく逃がすことができる。したがって、フィルム基材21ひいては偏光板5がさらに薄型化された構成であっても、高温条件下での偏光子11の劣化を抑えることができる。 The moisture permeability of the coating layer 22 is greater than 10 g / m 2 / day, and the film thickness of the optical film 12 may be 30 μm or less. When the film thickness of the optical film 12 is 30 μm or less, the film base 21 is thinned, and the moisture permeability is further increased. That is, the film base material 21 becomes easier to transmit moisture of the polarizer 11. In this case, when the moisture permeability of the coating layer 22 is larger than 10 g / m 2 / day, moisture from the polarizer 11 that has passed through the film base material 21 is efficiently released to the outside through the coating layer 22. Can do. Therefore, even if the film substrate 21 and thus the polarizing plate 5 are further thinned, deterioration of the polarizer 11 under high temperature conditions can be suppressed.
 被覆層22の透湿度は、50g/m/dayよりも大きく、被覆層22に、バインダー成分と層状無機化合物とが含まれていてもよい。被覆層22の透湿度が50g/m/dayよりも大きいことで、フィルム基材21を透過した偏光子11からの水分を、被覆層22を介して外部に効率よく逃がすようにしながら、被覆層22にバインダー成分(例えば樹脂)と層状無機化合物とが含まれていることで、被覆層22に外部からの水分の侵入を低減するバリア性を確実に持たせることができる。 The moisture permeability of the coating layer 22 is greater than 50 g / m 2 / day, and the coating layer 22 may contain a binder component and a layered inorganic compound. Since the moisture permeability of the coating layer 22 is larger than 50 g / m 2 / day, the moisture from the polarizer 11 that has passed through the film substrate 21 is efficiently released to the outside through the coating layer 22. By including the binder component (for example, resin) and the layered inorganic compound in the layer 22, it is possible to ensure that the coating layer 22 has a barrier property that reduces intrusion of moisture from the outside.
 フィルム基材21は、偏光子耐久性改良剤を含んでいてもよい。この場合、上述した構成より得られる、高温条件下での偏光子11の劣化を抑える効果とも相まって、偏光子11の耐久性を確実に向上させることができる。 The film substrate 21 may contain a polarizer durability improving agent. In this case, combined with the effect of suppressing the deterioration of the polarizer 11 under a high temperature condition obtained from the above-described configuration, the durability of the polarizer 11 can be reliably improved.
 上記の偏光子耐久性改良剤としては、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物を用いることができる。 As the polarizer durability improver, a compound represented by the following general formula (1) can be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 一般式(1)中、Rは置換基を表し、Rは下記一般式(1-2)で表される基を表し、n1は0~4の整数を表し、n1が2以上のとき、複数のRは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、n2は1~5の整数を表し、n2が2以上のとき、複数のRは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
In general formula (1), R 1 represents a substituent, R 2 represents a group represented by the following general formula (1-2), n1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when n1 is 2 or more The plurality of R 1 may be the same or different from each other, n2 represents an integer of 1 to 5, and when n2 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 2 may be the same or different from each other Good.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 一般式(1-2)中、Aは置換又は無置換の芳香族環を表し、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、又は下記一般式(1-3)で表される基を表し、Rは、単結合又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキレン基を表し、Xは、置換又は無置換の芳香族環を表し、n3は0~10の整数を表し、n3が2以上のとき、複数のR及びXは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
In general formula (1-2), A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring, and R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or the following general formula Represents a group represented by (1-3), R 5 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, X represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring, and n3 represents 0 to Represents an integer of 10, and when n3 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 5 and X may be the same or different from each other.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 一般式(1-3)において、Xは、置換又は無置換の芳香族環を表し、R、R、R、及びRは、それぞれ独立に水素原子又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表し、n5は1~11の整数を表し、n5が2以上のとき、複数のR、R、R、R及びXは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
In the general formula (1-3), X 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring, and R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 N5 represents an integer of 1 to 11, and when n5 is 2 or more, a plurality of R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and X 1 may be the same or different from each other Good.
 また、上記の偏光子耐久性改良剤としては、下記一般式(2)で表される化合物を使用することもできる。 In addition, as the polarizer durability improver, a compound represented by the following general formula (2) can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 一般式(2)において、R26はアルキル基、アルケニル基又はアリール基を表し、R27及びR28はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、R29は水素原子を表す。R26、R27、及びR28はそれぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい。ただし、R26、R27及びR28のいずれか少なくとも1つは芳香環を含む。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
In the general formula (2), R 26 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group, R 27 and R 28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and R 29 represents a hydrogen atom. R 26 , R 27 , and R 28 may each independently have a substituent. However, at least one of R 26 , R 27 and R 28 contains an aromatic ring.
 また、セルロースエステルからなる上記のフィルム基材21は、下記一般式(3)で表される特定重合体を含んでいてもよい。このような特定重合体を含むことによっても、偏光子11の劣化を抑制して、その耐久性を向上させることができる。 Moreover, said film base material 21 which consists of cellulose esters may contain the specific polymer represented by following General formula (3). By including such a specific polymer, deterioration of the polarizer 11 can be suppressed and its durability can be improved.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 一般式(3)において、R21、R22、R23、及びR24はそれぞれ独立に置換基を表す。xはモル比で0~40を表す。yはモル比で5~95を表す。zはモル比で0~70を表す。m1、m2は0~4の整数を表す。m3は0~2の整数を表す。m4は0~5の整数を表す。R101、R102、R103は水素原子又は炭素数1~4の脂肪族基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
In the general formula (3), R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 each independently represent a substituent. x represents 0 to 40 in molar ratio. y represents a molar ratio of 5 to 95. z represents a molar ratio of 0 to 70. m1 and m2 each represents an integer of 0 to 4. m3 represents an integer of 0-2. m4 represents an integer of 0 to 5. R 101 , R 102 and R 103 represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 偏光板5は、上述したように、偏光子11に対して光学フィルム12と反対側に、別の光学フィルム13(裏面側の保護フィルム)を有している。この光学フィルム13は、セルロースエステルフィルムであってもよい。この場合、偏光子11を両側からセルロースエステルフィルムで挟んだ構成において、上述の効果を得ることができる。 As described above, the polarizing plate 5 has another optical film 13 (a protective film on the back side) on the side opposite to the optical film 12 with respect to the polarizer 11. The optical film 13 may be a cellulose ester film. In this case, in the configuration in which the polarizer 11 is sandwiched between the cellulose ester films from both sides, the above-described effects can be obtained.
 光学フィルム13の厚みが、25μm以下であることが望ましい。偏光子11の裏面側に光学フィルム13を設ける場合でも、光学フィルム13が厚さ25μm以下の薄膜であることで、偏光板5全体の薄膜化に寄与できる。 Desirably, the optical film 13 has a thickness of 25 μm or less. Even when the optical film 13 is provided on the back side of the polarizer 11, the optical film 13 is a thin film having a thickness of 25 μm or less, which can contribute to the thinning of the entire polarizing plate 5.
 偏光板5の被覆層22が、ポリマーシランカップリング剤で被覆されてなる微粒子を含んでいることが望ましい。この場合、被覆層22の表面自由エネルギーが高くなって濡れ性が向上し、被覆層22の上にさらに他の層(例えばハードコート層)を積層する場合でも、両層の密着性を十分に確保することができる。 Desirably, the coating layer 22 of the polarizing plate 5 contains fine particles formed by coating with a polymer silane coupling agent. In this case, the surface free energy of the coating layer 22 is increased and wettability is improved, and even when another layer (for example, a hard coat layer) is laminated on the coating layer 22, the adhesion between both layers is sufficiently increased. Can be secured.
 偏光板5の光学フィルム12において、下記式で表される面内方向のリタデーションRoが、30nm以上であってもよい。
  Ro=(nx-ny)×t
 ただし、nxは、光学フィルム12の面内方向において屈折率が最大になる遅相軸方向の屈折率を表し、nyは、光学フィルム12の面内方向において前記遅相軸方向と直交する方向の屈折率を表し、t(nm)は、光学フィルム12の厚みを表す。
In the optical film 12 of the polarizing plate 5, the in-plane retardation Ro represented by the following formula may be 30 nm or more.
Ro = (nx−ny) × t
However, nx represents the refractive index in the slow axis direction in which the refractive index is maximum in the in-plane direction of the optical film 12, and ny is in the direction orthogonal to the slow axis direction in the in-plane direction of the optical film 12. The refractive index is represented, and t (nm) represents the thickness of the optical film 12.
 この場合、光学フィルム12に、位相差フィルム(例えばλ/4フィルム)としての機能を持たせることができる。したがって、偏光子11から出射される直線偏光は、光学フィルム12によって円偏光または楕円偏光に変換される。このため、観察者が偏光サングラスを装着して液晶表示装置1の表示画像を観察する場合において、偏光子11の透過軸(吸収軸に垂直)と、偏光サングラスの透過軸とがどのようにズレていても、偏光板5から出射される光(円偏光または楕円偏光)に含まれる、偏光サングラスの透過軸に平行な光の成分を観察者の眼に導くことができる。これにより、観察する角度によって表示画像が見え難くなるのを抑えることができる。また、観察者が偏光サングラスを装着しない場合でも、偏光板5から出射されて観察者の眼に入射するのは円偏光または楕円偏光であるので、直線偏光が観察者の眼に直接入射する構成に比べて、観察者の眼の負担を軽減することができる。 In this case, the optical film 12 can have a function as a retardation film (for example, a λ / 4 film). Therefore, the linearly polarized light emitted from the polarizer 11 is converted into circularly polarized light or elliptically polarized light by the optical film 12. For this reason, when the observer wears polarized sunglasses and observes the display image of the liquid crystal display device 1, how the transmission axis of the polarizer 11 (perpendicular to the absorption axis) and the transmission axis of the polarized sunglasses deviate. Even in this case, the light component parallel to the transmission axis of the polarized sunglasses contained in the light emitted from the polarizing plate 5 (circularly polarized light or elliptically polarized light) can be guided to the eyes of the observer. Thereby, it can suppress that it becomes difficult to see a display image with the angle to observe. In addition, even when the observer does not wear polarized sunglasses, since it is circularly polarized light or elliptically polarized light that is emitted from the polarizing plate 5 and incident on the observer's eyes, linearly polarized light is directly incident on the observer's eyes. Compared to the above, the burden on the eyes of the observer can be reduced.
 偏光板5の偏光子11は、塗布型偏光子であってもよい。塗布型偏光子とは、PVAフィルムを基板上に塗布し、基板ごと延伸することで形成される偏光子である。このような塗布型偏光子を用いた偏光板5は、以下のようにして作製される。 The polarizer 11 of the polarizing plate 5 may be a coating type polarizer. The coating type polarizer is a polarizer formed by applying a PVA film on a substrate and stretching the whole substrate. The polarizing plate 5 using such a coating type polarizer is manufactured as follows.
 図2は、偏光板5の製造工程を示す断面図である。まず、光学フィルム12とは別のフィルム(例えばPETフィルム)を基板31として用い、基板31上にPVAを含有するフィルムを塗布する。そして、基板31上にPVAフィルムを積層して積層体を形成し、この積層体を延伸し、延伸されたPVAフィルムを染色して偏光子11を形成する。そして、偏光子11における基板31とは反対側の面を、光学フィルム12のフィルム基材21に貼り合わせる。なお、上記の基板31は、偏光子11をフィルム基材21に貼り合わせた後に除去(剥離)してもよいし、そのまま残しておいてもよい。 FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing the manufacturing process of the polarizing plate 5. First, a film (for example, PET film) different from the optical film 12 is used as the substrate 31, and a film containing PVA is applied on the substrate 31. And a PVA film is laminated | stacked on the board | substrate 31, a laminated body is formed, this laminated body is extended | stretched, the stretched PVA film is dye | stained, and the polarizer 11 is formed. Then, the surface of the polarizer 11 opposite to the substrate 31 is bonded to the film base 21 of the optical film 12. The substrate 31 may be removed (peeled) after the polarizer 11 is bonded to the film base material 21 or may be left as it is.
 塗布型偏光子は、PVAの片側(基板31とは反対側)しか染色されず、PVAの両側が染色される通常の偏光子に比べて劣化しやすいことは、前述の通りである。したがって、偏光子11の劣化を抑えることができる上述の構成は、特に偏光子11として塗布型偏光子を用いる場合において非常に有効となる。 As described above, the coating-type polarizer is dyed only on one side of PVA (on the side opposite to the substrate 31) and is more easily deteriorated than a normal polarizer in which both sides of PVA are dyed. Therefore, the above-described configuration capable of suppressing the deterioration of the polarizer 11 is very effective particularly when a coating type polarizer is used as the polarizer 11.
 以下、偏光板5の詳細について説明する。 Hereinafter, details of the polarizing plate 5 will be described.
 〔基材〕
 本実施形態の基材(フィルム基材21)に用いることができるセルロースエステル樹脂は、セルロース(ジ、トリ)アセテート、セルロースプロピオネート、セルロースブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートフタレート、及びセルロースフタレートから選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。
〔Base material〕
Cellulose ester resins that can be used for the substrate (film substrate 21) of this embodiment are cellulose (di, tri) acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, It is preferably at least one selected from cellulose acetate phthalate and cellulose phthalate.
 これらの中で特に好ましいセルロースエステルとしては、セルローストリアセテート、セルロースプロピオネート、セルロースブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートやセルロースアセテートブチレートが挙げられる。 Among these, particularly preferred cellulose esters include cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, and cellulose acetate butyrate.
 混合脂肪酸エステルとして、更に好ましいセルロースアセテートプロピオネートやセルロースアセテートブチレートの低級脂肪酸エステルは、炭素原子数2~4のアシル基を置換基として有し、アセチル基の置換度をXとし、プロピオニル基又はブチリル基の置換度をYとしたとき、下記式(I)及び(II)を同時に満たすセルロースエステルを含むセルロース樹脂であることが好ましい。
 式(I)  2.6≦X+Y≦3.0
 式(II)  1.0≦X≦2.5
More preferable cellulose acetate propionate or lower acetate of cellulose acetate butyrate as a mixed fatty acid ester has an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, the substitution degree of acetyl group is X, and a propionyl group Or when the substitution degree of a butyryl group is set to Y, it is preferable that it is a cellulose resin containing the cellulose ester which satisfy | fills following formula (I) and (II) simultaneously.
Formula (I) 2.6 ≦ X + Y ≦ 3.0
Formula (II) 1.0 ≦ X ≦ 2.5
 このうち、特にセルロースアセテートプロピオネートが好ましく用いられ、中でも1.9≦X≦2.5であり、0.1≦Y≦0.9であることが好ましい。上記アシル基で置換されていない部分には、通常水酸基が存在している。これらは公知の方法で合成することができる。 Of these, cellulose acetate propionate is particularly preferably used. Among them, 1.9 ≦ X ≦ 2.5 and 0.1 ≦ Y ≦ 0.9 are preferable. A hydroxyl group is usually present in the portion not substituted with the acyl group. These can be synthesized by known methods.
 更に、本実施形態で用いられるセルロースエステルは、重量平均分子量(Mw)と数平均分子量(Mn)との比(Mw/Mn)が1.5~5.5のものが好ましく用いられる。上記の比が2.0~5.0のセルロースエステルがより好ましく用いられ、上記の比が2.5~5.0のセルロースエステルがさらに好ましく用いられ、上記の比が3.0~5.0のセルロースエステルが特に好ましく用いられる。 Furthermore, as the cellulose ester used in the present embodiment, those having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) to number average molecular weight (Mn) ratio (Mw / Mn) of 1.5 to 5.5 are preferably used. A cellulose ester having a ratio of 2.0 to 5.0 is more preferably used, a cellulose ester having a ratio of 2.5 to 5.0 is more preferably used, and the ratio is 3.0 to 5. A cellulose ester of 0 is particularly preferably used.
 本実施形態で用いられるセルロースエステルの原料であるセルロースは、木材パルプでも綿花リンターでもよい。木材パルプは針葉樹でも広葉樹でもよいが、針葉樹の方がより好ましい。製膜の際の剥離性の点からは、綿花リンターが好ましく用いられる。これらから作られたセルロースエステルは、適宜混合して、或いは単独で使用することができる。 The cellulose that is the raw material of the cellulose ester used in the present embodiment may be wood pulp or cotton linter. The wood pulp may be coniferous or hardwood, but coniferous is more preferred. A cotton linter is preferably used from the viewpoint of releasability during film formation. The cellulose ester made from these can be mixed suitably or can be used independently.
 例えば、綿花リンター由来セルロースエステル:木材パルプ(針葉樹)由来セルロースエステル:木材パルプ(広葉樹)由来セルロースエステルの比率を、100:0:0、90:10:0、85:15:0、50:50:0、20:80:0、10:90:0、0:100:0、0:0:100、80:10:10、85:0:15、または40:30:30として用いることができる。 For example, the ratio of cellulose ester derived from cellulose linter: cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (conifer): cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (hardwood) is set to 100: 0: 0, 90: 10: 0, 85: 15: 0, 50:50. : 0, 20: 80: 0, 10: 90: 0, 0: 100: 0, 0: 0: 100, 80:10:10, 85: 0: 15, or 40:30:30 .
 本実施形態において、セルロースエステル樹脂は、20mlの純水(電気伝導度0.1μS/cm以下、pH6.8)に1g投入し、25℃、1hr、窒素雰囲気下にて攪拌したときのpHが6~7、電気伝導度が1~100μS/cmであることが好ましい。 In this embodiment, the cellulose ester resin has a pH of 1 g when charged in 20 ml of pure water (electric conductivity of 0.1 μS / cm or less, pH 6.8) and stirred in a nitrogen atmosphere at 25 ° C. for 1 hr. Preferably, the electrical conductivity is 6 to 7 and the electrical conductivity is 1 to 100 μS / cm.
 上記セルロースエステル樹脂をフィルムとして用いる際、セルロースエステル以外の高分子成分を適宜混合してもよい。混合される高分子成分は、セルロースエステルと相溶性に優れるものが好ましい。そして、フィルムにしたときの透過率が80%以上となることが好ましく、90%以上となることがより好ましく、92%以上となることがさらに好ましい。 When using the cellulose ester resin as a film, polymer components other than the cellulose ester may be appropriately mixed. The polymer component to be mixed is preferably one having excellent compatibility with the cellulose ester. The transmittance when formed into a film is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and further preferably 92% or more.
 <偏光子耐久性改良剤>
 (一般式(1)で表される化合物)
 本実施形態においては、保護フィルムの基材として使用されるセルロースエステルフィルムに偏光子耐久性改良剤が含まれていることが好ましい。ここで、偏光子耐久性改良剤とは、高温高湿条件下で偏光子の偏光度が劣化することを防ぐ材料のことを言う。特に、偏光子耐久性改良剤として、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物が好ましい。
<Polarizer durability improver>
(Compound represented by the general formula (1))
In this embodiment, it is preferable that the polarizer durability improving agent is contained in the cellulose-ester film used as a base material of a protective film. Here, the polarizer durability improving agent refers to a material that prevents the polarization degree of the polarizer from deteriorating under high temperature and high humidity conditions. In particular, a compound represented by the following general formula (1) is preferable as the polarizer durability improving agent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 一般式(1)中、Rは置換基を表し、Rは下記一般式(1-2)で表される基を表し、n1は0~4の整数を表し、n1が2以上のとき、複数のRは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、n2は1~5の整数を表し、n2が2以上のとき、複数のRは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 In general formula (1), R 1 represents a substituent, R 2 represents a group represented by the following general formula (1-2), n1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when n1 is 2 or more The plurality of R 1 may be the same or different from each other, n2 represents an integer of 1 to 5, and when n2 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 2 may be the same or different from each other Good.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 一般式(1-2)中、Aは置換又は無置換の芳香族環を表し、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、又は下記一般式(1-3)で表される基を表し、Rは、単結合又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキレン基を表し、Xは、置換又は無置換の芳香族環を表し、n3は0~10の整数を表し、n3が2以上のとき、複数のR及びXは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
In general formula (1-2), A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring, and R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or the following general formula Represents a group represented by (1-3), R 5 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, X represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring, and n3 represents 0 to Represents an integer of 10, and when n3 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 5 and X may be the same or different from each other.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 一般式(1-3)において、Xは、置換又は無置換の芳香族環を表し、R、R、R、及びRは、それぞれ独立に水素原子又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表し、n5は1~11の整数を表し、n5が2以上のとき、複数のR、R、R、R及びXは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
In the general formula (1-3), X 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring, and R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 N5 represents an integer of 1 to 11, and when n5 is 2 or more, a plurality of R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and X 1 may be the same or different from each other Good.
 一般式(1)中、Rは置換基を表す。置換基の例としては、特に制限はなく、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基、例えばメチル、エチル、イソプロピル、t-ブチル、ペンチル、ヘプチル、1-エチルペンチル、ベンジル、2-エトキシエチル、1-カルボキシメチル等)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素原子数2~20のアルケニル基、例えば、ビニル、アリル、オレイル等)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素原子数2~20のアルキニル基、例えば、エチニル、ブタジイニル、フェニルエチニル等)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素原子数3~20のシクロアルキル基、例えば、シクロプロピル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル、4-メチルシクロヘキシル等)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素原子数6~26のアリール基、例えば、フェニル、1-ナフチル、4-メトキシフェニル、2-クロロフェニル、3-メチルフェニル等)、ヘテロ環基(好ましくは炭素原子数2~20のヘテロ環基、例えば、2-ピリジル、4-ピリジル、2-イミダゾリル、2-ベンゾイミダゾリル、2-チアゾリル、2-オキサゾリル等)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20のアルコキシ基、例えば、メトキシ、エトキシ、イソプロピルオキシ、ベンジルオキシ等)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素原子数6~26のアリールオキシ基、例えば、フェノキシ、1-ナフチルオキシ、3-メチルフェノキシ、4-メトキシフェノキシ等)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素原子数2~20のアルコキシカルボニル基、例えば、エトキシカルボニル、2-エチルヘキシルオキシカルボニル等)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素原子数0~20のアミノ基、例えば、アミノ、N,N-ジメチルアミノ、N,N-ジエチルアミノ、N-エチルアミノ、アニリノ等)、スルホンアミド基(好ましくは炭素原子数0~20のスルホンアミド基、例えば、N,N-ジメチルスルホンアミド、N-フェニルスルホンアミド等)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20のアシルオキシ基、例えば、アセチルオキシ、ベンゾイルオキシ等)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20のカルバモイル基、例えば、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイル、N-フェニルカルバモイル等)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20のアシルアミノ基、例えば、アセチルアミノ、ベンゾイルアミノ等)、シアノ基、又はハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、ヒドロキシル基が挙げられる。 In general formula (1), R 1 represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent are not particularly limited, and may be an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, pentyl, heptyl, 1-ethylpentyl, benzyl, 2 -Ethoxyethyl, 1-carboxymethyl, etc.), alkenyl groups (preferably alkenyl groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as vinyl, allyl, oleyl, etc.), alkynyl groups (preferably alkynyl groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) For example, ethynyl, butadiynyl, phenylethynyl, etc.), a cycloalkyl group (preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, eg, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, etc.), an aryl group (preferably Aryl groups having 6 to 26 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, -Naphthyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-methylphenyl and the like), a heterocyclic group (preferably a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as 2-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-imidazolyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, etc.), an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, benzyloxy, etc.), an aryloxy group (preferably carbon Aryloxy groups having 6 to 26 atoms, such as phenoxy, 1-naphthyloxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 4-methoxyphenoxy, etc., alkoxycarbonyl groups (preferably alkoxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as Ethoxycarbonyl, 2-ethylhexyloxycar Nyl, etc.), an amino group (preferably an amino group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, such as amino, N, N-dimethylamino, N, N-diethylamino, N-ethylamino, anilino, etc.), a sulfonamide group (preferably Is a sulfonamide group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, such as N, N-dimethylsulfonamide, N-phenylsulfonamide, etc., an acyloxy group (preferably an acyloxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as acetyloxy, Benzoyloxy and the like), a carbamoyl group (preferably a carbamoyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl, N-phenylcarbamoyl, etc.), an acylamino group (preferably an acylamino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) For example, acetylamino, benzoylamino, etc.), cyano group, or halogen atom (For example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc.) and a hydroxyl group are mentioned.
 Rは、炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基、ヒドロキシル基が好ましく、ヒドロキシル基、メチル基であることがより好ましい。また、Rは、置換基に1つ以上の前記置換基を有していてもよい。また、Rは更に1つ以上の置換基を有していてもよく、該更なる置換基としてはRと同様の置換基が挙げられる。    R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a hydroxyl group, and more preferably a hydroxyl group or a methyl group. R 1 may have one or more substituents as substituents. R 1 may further have one or more substituents, and examples of the further substituents include the same substituents as R 1 .
 n1は、0~4の整数を表し、2~4であることが好ましい。 N1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and preferably 2 to 4.
 n2は、1~5の整数を表し、1~3であることが好ましく、1~2であることがより好ましい。 N2 represents an integer of 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 to 2.
 一般式(1-2)中、Aは、置換又は無置換の芳香族環を表す。芳香族環は、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子などのヘテロ原子を含む複素環であってもよい。Aの例としては、ベンゼン環、インデン環、ナフタレン環、フルオレン環、フェナントレン環、アントラセン環、ビフェニル環、ピレン環、ピラン環、ジオキサン環、ジチアン環、チイン環、ピリジン環、ピペリジン環、オキサジン環、モルホリン環、チアジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、ピペラジン環、トリアジン環などが挙げられる。また、他の6員環または5員環が縮合していてもよい。Aは、ベンゼン環であることが好ましい。 In general formula (1-2), A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring. The aromatic ring may be a heterocyclic ring containing a hetero atom such as a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom. Examples of A include benzene ring, indene ring, naphthalene ring, fluorene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, biphenyl ring, pyrene ring, pyran ring, dioxane ring, dithiane ring, thiyne ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, oxazine ring Morpholine ring, thiazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperazine ring, triazine ring and the like. Further, other 6-membered rings or 5-membered rings may be condensed. A is preferably a benzene ring.
 Aが有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、アルキル基、ヒドロキシル基などが挙げられ、アルキル基又はヒドロキシル基が好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又はヒドロキシル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキル基又はヒドロキシル基が更に好ましい。 Examples of the substituent that A may have include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, etc., preferably an alkyl group or a hydroxyl group, An alkyl group or hydroxyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group or hydroxyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is still more preferable.
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、下記一般式(1-3)で表される置換基を表す。R3及びR4は、水素原子、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基、一般式(1-3)で表される置換基が好ましく、水素原子、メチル基、一般式(1-3)で表される置換基がより好ましい。 R 3 and R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and a substituent represented by the following general formula (1-3). R3 and R4 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a substituent represented by the general formula (1-3), represented by a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or a general formula (1-3). The substituent is more preferable.
 一般式(1-2)中、Rは、単結合又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキレン基を表し、該炭素原子数1~5のアルキレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。Rは、炭素原子数が1~4のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、炭素原子数が1~3のアルキレン基であることがさらに好ましい。Rが有していてもよい置換基としては、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基(例えばメチル、エチル、イソプロピル、t-ブチル)、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、ヒドロキシル基などが挙げられる。  In general formula (1-2), R 5 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and the alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms may have a substituent. R 5 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent that R 5 may have include an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl), a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, iodine) Atoms), hydroxyl groups and the like.
 一般式(1-2)中、Xは、置換もしくは無置換の芳香族環を表す。芳香族環は、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子などのヘテロ原子を含む複素環であってもよい。Xの例としては、ベンゼン環、インデン環、ナフタレン環、フルオレン環、フェナントレン環、アントラセン環、ビフェニル環、ピレン環、ピラン環、ジオキサン環、ジチアン環、チイン環、ピリジン環、ピペリジン環、オキサジン環、モルホリン環、チアジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、ピペラジン環、トリアジン環などが挙げられる。また、他の6員環または5員環が縮合していてもよい。Xは、ベンゼン環であることが好ましい。Xが有していてもよい置換基としては、Aの置換基として挙げた例と同様である。 In general formula (1-2), X represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring. The aromatic ring may be a heterocyclic ring containing a hetero atom such as a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom. Examples of X include benzene ring, indene ring, naphthalene ring, fluorene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, biphenyl ring, pyrene ring, pyran ring, dioxane ring, dithiane ring, thiyne ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, oxazine ring Morpholine ring, thiazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperazine ring, triazine ring and the like. Further, other 6-membered rings or 5-membered rings may be condensed. X is preferably a benzene ring. Examples of the substituent which X may have are the same as the examples given as the substituent of A.
 n3は、0~10の整数を表し、0~2であることが好ましく、0~1であることがより好ましい。なお、n3が2以上の整数である場合、複数の-(R-X)で表される基はそれぞれ互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、それぞれAに結合する。n3が0の場合、-(R-X)で表される基は存在しないため、Aには-(R-X)で表される基は結合しない。 n3 represents an integer of 0 to 10, preferably 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 to 1. When n3 is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of groups represented by — (R 5 —X) may be the same as or different from each other, and each bond to A. When n3 is 0, a group represented by-(R 5 -X) does not exist, and therefore a group represented by-(R 5 -X) is not bonded to A.
 前記一般式(1-2)は、下記一般式(1-2’)で表されることが好ましい。 The general formula (1-2) is preferably represented by the following general formula (1-2 ').
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 一般式(1-2’)中、Rは水素原子、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、又は前記一般式(1-3)で表される置換基を表し、Rは、単結合又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキレン基を表し、Xは、置換又は無置換の芳香族環を表し、n3は0~5の整数を表し、n3が2以上のとき、複数のR及びXは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 In the general formula (1-2 ′), R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a substituent represented by the general formula (1-3), and R 5 represents a single bond. Or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, X represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring, n3 represents an integer of 0 to 5, and when n3 is 2 or more, a plurality of R 5 and X May be the same as or different from each other.
 一般式(1-2’)中の各記号の好ましい範囲は、一般式(1-2)中のそれぞれと同様である。 The preferred range of each symbol in the general formula (1-2 ') is the same as that in the general formula (1-2).
 前記一般式(1-2)は、下記一般式(1-2’’)で表されることが好ましい。 The general formula (1-2) is preferably represented by the following general formula (1-2 ″).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 一般式(1-2’’)中、n3は0~5の整数を表す。 In the general formula (1-2 ″), n3 represents an integer of 0 to 5.
 一般式(1-2’’)のn3の好ましい範囲は、一般式(1-2)中のn3の好ましい範囲と同様である。 The preferable range of n3 in the general formula (1-2 ″) is the same as the preferable range of n3 in the general formula (1-2).
 一般式(1-3)のX1は、一般式(1-2)中のXと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 X1 in the general formula (1-3) has the same meaning as X in the general formula (1-2), and the preferred range is also the same.
 一般式(1-3)中、R、R、R、及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表す。R、R、R、及びRは、水素原子、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子、メチル基であることがより好ましい。 In general formula (1-3), R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 n5は、1~11の整数を表し、1~9であることが好ましく、1~7であることがより好ましい。 N5 represents an integer of 1 to 11, preferably 1 to 9, and more preferably 1 to 7.
 前記一般式(1-3)は、下記一般式(1-3’)で表されることが好ましい。 The general formula (1-3) is preferably represented by the following general formula (1-3 ′).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 一般式(1-3’)の各記号の定義は、一般式(1-3)中のそれぞれと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 The definition of each symbol in the general formula (1-3 ′) is synonymous with that in the general formula (1-3), and the preferred range is also the same.
 前記一般式(1-3)は、下記一般式(1-3’’)で表されることが好ましい。 The general formula (1-3) is preferably represented by the following general formula (1-3 ″).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 一般式(1-3’’)中、n4は0~10の整数を表す。n4は、0~8であることが好ましく、0~6であることがより好ましい。    In the general formula (1-3 ″), n4 represents an integer of 0 to 10. n4 is preferably from 0 to 8, and more preferably from 0 to 6. *
 一般式(1)で表される化合物は、Rが水素原子または炭素数1~5のアルキル基であり、Rが一般式(1-2’’)で表され、n1は2~4の整数を表し、n2は1~3の整数を表し、n3は0~2の整数を表す態様であることが好ましい。 In the compound represented by the general formula (1), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, R 2 is represented by the general formula (1-2 ″), and n1 is 2 to 4 It is preferable that n2 represents an integer of 1 to 3, and n3 represents an integer of 0 to 2.
 以下に、一般式(1)で表される化合物の具体例を示すが、以下の具体例に限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (1) are shown below, but are not limited to the following specific examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 なお、ヒドロキシル基数の異なる一般式(1)で表される化合物が多点で水素結合することを可能とするために、互いに異なる2種以上の一般式(1)で表される化合物を少なくとも2種含有する混合物としてもよい。一例は、フェノールに対してスチレンが1~3モルアルキル化したスチレン化フェノールと、アルキル化したスチレンのフェニル部位にさらにスチレンがアルキル化したスチレン化フェノールと、スチレンの2~4量体程度のオリゴマーがフェノールにアルキル化したスチレン化フェノールとの混合物が挙げられる。 In order to allow the compound represented by the general formula (1) having a different number of hydroxyl groups to be hydrogen-bonded at multiple points, at least 2 compounds represented by the general formula (1) which are different from each other are bonded. It is good also as a mixture containing a seed. One example is a styrenated phenol in which 1 to 3 moles of styrene are alkylated with respect to phenol, a styrenated phenol in which styrene is further alkylated at the phenyl moiety of the alkylated styrene, and an oligomer of about 2 to 4 monomers of styrene. Mention may be made of mixtures with styrenated phenols alkylated to phenol.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物は、一般に、1当量のフェノール類に酸触媒の存在下、1当量以上のスチレン類を添加することによって合成することができ、市販品を用いてもよい。また、上記合成法により得られた混合物をそのまま使用してもよい。 The compound represented by the general formula (1) can generally be synthesized by adding 1 equivalent or more of styrenes in the presence of an acid catalyst to 1 equivalent of phenols, and a commercially available product may be used. . Moreover, you may use the mixture obtained by the said synthesis method as it is.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物の市販品としては、三光株式会社製のスチレン化フェノールである「TSP」、日塗料化学株式会社製の「PH-25」、精工化学株式会社製の「ノンフレックスWS」などが挙げられる。 Commercially available products of the compound represented by the general formula (1) include “TSP” which is a styrenated phenol manufactured by Sanko Co., Ltd., “PH-25” manufactured by Nikko Paint Chemical Co., Ltd., “ Non-flex WS "etc. are mentioned.
 (一般式(2)で表される化合物)
 偏光子耐久性改良剤として、下記一般式(2)で表される化合物も好ましい。
(Compound represented by the general formula (2))
As the polarizer durability improver, a compound represented by the following general formula (2) is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 一般式(2)において、R26はアルキル基、アルケニル基又はアリール基を表し、R27及びR28はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表し、R29は水素原子を表す。R26、R27及びR28はそれぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい。 In the general formula (2), R 26 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group, R 27 and R 28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, R 29 represents a hydrogen atom. R 26 , R 27 and R 28 may each independently have a substituent.
 前記R26は炭素数1~20のアルキル基(シクロアルキル基も含む)、炭素数2~20のアルケニル基又は炭素数6~20のアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~12のアルキル基(シクロアルキル基も含む)、炭素数2~20のアルケニル基又は炭素数6~20のアリール基であることがより好ましく、炭素数が1~12のアルキル基(シクロアルキル基も含む)、炭素数2~10のアルケニル基又は炭素数6~18のアリール基であることが更に好ましく、炭素数が1~8のアルキル基(シクロアルキル基も含む)、炭素数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素数6~12のアリール基であることが特に好ましく、炭素数が1~6であるアルキル基(シクロアルキル基も含む)、又は炭素数6~12のアリール基であることが最も好ましい。 R 26 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (including a cycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. More preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (including a cycloalkyl group), It is more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (including a cycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, An aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is particularly preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (including a cycloalkyl group) or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is most preferable. Good.
 中でも、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、シクロヘキシル基、フェニル基又はナフチル基であることが更に好ましく、メチル基、シクロヘキシル基又はフェニル基であることが最も好ましい。 Among these, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable, and a methyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a phenyl group is most preferable.
 前記R27及びR28はそれぞれ独立して炭素数1~20のアルキル基(シクロアルキル基も含む)、炭素数2~20のアルケニル基または炭素数6~20のアリール基又は炭素数6~20のヘテロアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~12のアルキル基(シクロアルキル基も含む)、炭素数2~20のアルケニル基または炭素数6~20のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数が1~12のアルキル基(シクロアルキル基も含む)、炭素数2~10のアルケニル基又は炭素数6~18のアリール基であることが更に好ましく、炭素数が1~8のアルキル基(シクロアルキル基も含む)、炭素数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素数6~12のアリール基であることが特に好ましく、炭素数が1~6であるアルキル基(シクロアルキル基も含む)、又は炭素数6~12のアリール基であることが最も好ましい。 R 27 and R 28 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (including a cycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or 6 to 20 carbon atoms. A heteroaryl group is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (including a cycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. It is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 (including a cycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (cycloalkyl An alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group (cycloalkyl group) having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Including), or most preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
 中でも、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、シクロヘキシル基またはフェニル基、ナフチル基であることが最も好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、シクロヘキシル基又はフェニル基であることが特に好ましい。 Among them, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a phenyl group, or a naphthyl group is most preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a phenyl group is particularly preferable.
 前記R26が有していてもよい置換基としては、本発明の趣旨に反しない限りにおいて特に制限はないが、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基であることが好ましく、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、又は炭素数6~12のアリール基であることがより好ましく、塩素原子、メチル基、又はフェニル基であることが特に好ましい。 The substituent that R 26 may have is not particularly limited as long as it is not contrary to the gist of the present invention, but is preferably a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and preferably a halogen atom, a carbon number It is more preferably a 1 to 6 alkyl group or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a chlorine atom, a methyl group or a phenyl group.
 前記R27及びR28が有していてもよい置換基としては、本発明の趣旨に反しない限りにおいて特に制限はないが、炭素数6~12のアリール基であることが好ましく、フェニル基であることがより好ましい。 The substituent that R 27 and R 28 may have is not particularly limited as long as it does not contradict the gist of the present invention, but is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, More preferably.
 上記一般式(2)で表される化合物として、下記一般式(2-a)で表される化合物を用いることができる。一般式(2-a)で表される化合物は、製膜時の揮散抑制の観点で好ましい。 As the compound represented by the general formula (2), a compound represented by the following general formula (2-a) can be used. The compound represented by the general formula (2-a) is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing volatilization during film formation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 上記一般式(2-a)中、L~Lは、各々独立に、単結合又はアルキレン基を表し、Ar~Arは、各々独立に、炭素数6~20のアリール基を表す。 In the general formula (2-a), L 1 to L 3 each independently represents a single bond or an alkylene group, and Ar 1 to Ar 3 each independently represents an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. .
 L~Lは、単結合又は炭素数1~6のアルキレン基であることがより好ましく、単結合、メチレン基又はエチレン基であることが更に好ましく、単結合又はメチレン基であることが特に好ましい。前記2価の連結基は置換基を有していてもよく、当該置換基は、後述するAr、Ar、及びArが有しうる置換基と同義である。 L 1 to L 3 are more preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably a single bond, a methylene group or an ethylene group, and particularly preferably a single bond or a methylene group. preferable. The divalent linking group may have a substituent, and the substituent is synonymous with a substituent that Ar 1 , Ar 2 , and Ar 3 described later may have.
 Ar~Arは、好ましくはフェニル基、ナフチル基であり、更に好ましくはフェニル基である。Ar~Arは置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有していなくてもよい。置換基を有する場合、当該置換基は環構造を有さないことが好ましい。 Ar 1 to Ar 3 are preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. Ar 1 to Ar 3 may have a substituent or may not have a substituent. When it has a substituent, it is preferable that the said substituent does not have a ring structure.
 Ar、Ar、及びArが有する置換基としては、特に制限はなく、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10で、例えばメチル、エチル、イソプロピル、t-ブチル、ペンチル、ヘプチル、1-エチルペンチル、ベンジル、2-エトキシエチル、1-カルボキシメチル等)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~20で、例えば、ビニル、アリル、オレイル等)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~20で、例えば、エチニル、ブタジイニル、フェニルエチニル等)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20で、例えば、シクロプロピル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル、4-メチルシクロヘキシル等)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~26で、例えば、フェニル、1-ナフチル、4-メトキシフェニル、2-クロロフェニル、3-メチルフェニル等)、ヘテロ環基(好ましくは炭素数0~20のヘテロ環基で、環構成ヘテロ原子が酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子が好ましく、5または6員環でベンゼン環やヘテロ環で縮環していてもよく、該環が飽和環、不飽和環、芳香環であってもよく、例えば、2-ピリジル、4-ピリジル、2-イミダゾリル、2-ベンゾイミダゾリル、2-チアゾリル、2-オキサゾリル等)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20で、例えば、メトキシ、エトキシ、イソプロピルオキシ、ベンジルオキシ等)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~26で、例えば、フェノキシ、1-ナフチルオキシ、3-メチルフェノキシ、4-メトキシフェノキシ等)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20で、例えば、メチルチオ、エチルチオ、イソプロピルチオ、ベンジルチオ等)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~26で、例えば、フェニルチオ、1-ナフチルチオ、3-メチルフェニルチオ、4-メトキシフェニルチオ等)、アシル基(アルキルカルボニル基、アルケニルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、ヘテロ環カルボニル基を含み、炭素数は20以下が好ましく、例えば、アセチル、ピバロイル、アクリロイル、メタクロロイル、ベンゾイル、ニコチノイル等)、アリーロイルアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~20で、例えば、エトキシカルボニル、2-エチルヘキシルオキシカルボニル等)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~20で、例えば、フェニルオキシカルボニル、ナフチルオキシカルボニル等)、アミノ基(アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、ヘテロ環アミノ基を含み、好ましくは炭素数0~20で、例えば、アミノ、N,N-ジメチルアミノ、N,N-ジエチルアミノ、N-エチルアミノ、アニリノ、1-ピロリジニル、ピペリジノ、モルホニル等)、スルホンアミド基(好ましくは炭素数0~20で、例えば、N,N-ジメチルスルホンアミド、N-フェニルスルホンアミド等)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数0~20で、例えば、N,N-ジメチルスルファモイル、N-フェニルスルファモイル等)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20で、例えば、アセチルオキシ、ベンゾイルオキシ等)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20で、例えば、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイル、N-フェニルカルバモイル等)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20で、例えば、アセチルアミノ、アクリロイルアミノ、ベンゾイルアミノ、ニコチンアミド等)、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、メルカプト基またはハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等)が挙げられる。 The substituent that Ar 1 , Ar 2 , and Ar 3 have is not particularly limited, and may be an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, pentyl, heptyl, 1- Ethylpentyl, benzyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 1-carboxymethyl, etc.), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as vinyl, allyl, oleyl, etc.), alkynyl groups (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms). For example, ethynyl, butadiynyl, phenylethynyl, etc.), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, etc.), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 6 carbon atoms). 26, for example, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2-chloro Phenyl, 3-methylphenyl and the like), a heterocyclic group (preferably a heterocyclic group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, wherein the ring-constituting hetero atom is preferably an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, and a 5- or 6-membered ring is a benzene ring Or may be condensed with a heterocyclic ring, and the ring may be a saturated ring, an unsaturated ring, or an aromatic ring. For example, 2-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-imidazolyl, 2-benzoimidazolyl, 2- Thiazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, etc.), alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, benzyloxy, etc.), aryloxy groups (preferably having 6 to 26 carbon atoms, such as phenoxy) 1-naphthyloxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 4-methoxyphenoxy, etc.), an alkylthio group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as methyl Thio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, benzylthio, etc.), arylthio groups (preferably having 6 to 26 carbon atoms, such as phenylthio, 1-naphthylthio, 3-methylphenylthio, 4-methoxyphenylthio, etc.), acyl groups (alkylcarbonyl Group, an alkenylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, and a heterocyclic carbonyl group, preferably having 20 or less carbon atoms, such as acetyl, pivaloyl, acryloyl, metachloroyl, benzoyl, nicotinoyl), an aryloylalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group ( Preferably it has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, ethoxycarbonyl, 2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl, etc., aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms, such as phenyloxycarbonyl, naphthyloxycarbonyl) Bonyl etc.), amino groups (including amino groups, alkylamino groups, arylamino groups, heterocyclic amino groups, preferably having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, amino, N, N-dimethylamino, N, N-diethylamino N-ethylamino, anilino, 1-pyrrolidinyl, piperidino, morpholinyl, etc.), sulfonamide groups (preferably having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, such as N, N-dimethylsulfonamide, N-phenylsulfonamide, etc.), sulfamoyl Groups (preferably having 0 to 20 carbon atoms such as N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl, N-phenylsulfamoyl, etc.), acyloxy groups (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as acetyloxy, benzoyloxy, etc. ), A carbamoyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl) N-phenylcarbamoyl, etc.), acylamino groups (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as acetylamino, acryloylamino, benzoylamino, nicotinamide, etc.), cyano groups, hydroxyl groups, mercapto groups, or halogen atoms (eg, fluorine atoms) , Chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.).
 Ar、Ar、及びArが有しうる上記置換基は、さらに上記置換基を有していてもよい。 The substituent that Ar 1 , Ar 2 , and Ar 3 may have may further have the substituent.
 ここで、Ar、Ar、及びArの各基が有してもよい上記の置換基のうち、アルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アシル基が好ましい。 Here, among the above substituents that each of Ar 1 , Ar 2 , and Ar 3 may have, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, and an acyl group are preferable.
 前記一般式(2)又は(2-a)で表される化合物の分子量は250~1200であることが好ましく、300~800であることがより好ましい。分子量が250以上であれば、フィルムからの揮散が抑制され、1200以下であれば、セルロースアシレートとの相溶性に優れるため、フィルムの透明性が良好となる。 The molecular weight of the compound represented by the general formula (2) or (2-a) is preferably 250 to 1200, and more preferably 300 to 800. If the molecular weight is 250 or more, volatilization from the film is suppressed, and if it is 1200 or less, the compatibility with the cellulose acylate is excellent, and thus the transparency of the film is good.
 以下に、前記一般式(2)又は(2-a)で表される化合物の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。下記例示化合物中、Meはメチル基を表す。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (2) or (2-a) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the following exemplary compounds, Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 上記一般式(2)で表される化合物は、尿素誘導体とマロン酸誘導体とを縮合させるバルビツール酸の合成法を用いて合成できることが知られている。N上に置換基を2つ有するバルビツール酸は、N,N’二置換型尿素とマロン酸クロリドを加熱するか、マロン酸と無水酢酸などの活性化剤とを組み合わせて加熱することにより得られ、例えば、Journal of the American Chemical Society、第61巻、1015頁(1939年)、Journal of Medicinal Chemistry、第54巻、2409頁(2011年)、Tetrahedron Letters、第40巻、8029頁(1999年)、WO2007/150011号公報などに記載の方法を好ましく用いることができる。 It is known that the compound represented by the general formula (2) can be synthesized by using a barbituric acid synthesis method in which a urea derivative and a malonic acid derivative are condensed. Barbituric acid having two substituents on N can be obtained by heating N, N 'disubstituted urea and malonic acid chloride, or by combining malonic acid and an activating agent such as acetic anhydride. For example, Journal of the American Chemical Society, Vol. 61, p. 1015 (1939), Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 54, p. 2409 (2011), Tetrahedron, vol. ), Methods described in WO2007 / 150011 and the like can be preferably used.
 また、縮合に用いるマロン酸は、無置換のものでも置換基を有するものでもよく、Rに相当する置換基を有するマロン酸を用いれば、バルビツール酸を構築することにより、一般式(2)で表される化合物を合成することができる。また、無置換のマロン酸と尿素誘導体を縮合させると5位が無置換のバルビツール酸が得られるので、これを修飾することにより、一般式(2)で表される化合物を合成してもよい。 In addition, the malonic acid used for the condensation may be unsubstituted or substituted, and if malonic acid having a substituent corresponding to R 5 is used, by constructing barbituric acid, the general formula (2 ) Can be synthesized. Further, when an unsubstituted malonic acid and a urea derivative are condensed, a 5-position unsubstituted barbituric acid is obtained. By modifying this, the compound represented by the general formula (2) can be synthesized. Good.
 なお、一般式(2)で表される化合物の合成法は、上記の方法に限定されるものではない。 The method for synthesizing the compound represented by the general formula (2) is not limited to the above method.
 一般式(2)で表される化合物は、商業的に入手してもよく、公知の方法によって合成してもよい。 The compound represented by the general formula (2) may be obtained commercially or synthesized by a known method.
 (偏光子耐久性改良剤の含有量)
 保護フィルムにおける偏光子耐久性改良剤の含有量は、セルロースアシレート100質量部に対して1質量部以上20質量部であることが好ましい。1質量部以上であれば、偏光子耐久性改良効果が得られやすく、また20質量部以下であれば、偏光板保護フィルムを製膜した場合にブリードアウトや染み出しも発生しにくい。
(Content of polarizer durability improver)
The content of the polarizer durability improving agent in the protective film is preferably 1 part by mass or more and 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of cellulose acylate. If it is 1 part by mass or more, the effect of improving the durability of the polarizer can be easily obtained, and if it is 20 parts by mass or less, bleeding out and bleeding are less likely to occur when a polarizing plate protective film is formed.
 偏光子耐久性改良剤の含有量は、セルロースアシレート100質量部に対して1~15質量部であることがより好ましく、1~10質量部であることが特に好ましい。 The content of the polarizer durability improving agent is more preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of cellulose acylate.
 <特定重合体>
 セルロースエステルからなる基材は、下記の一般式(3)で表される、3成分を繰り返し単位として含有する特定重合体を含んでいることが好ましい。
<Specific polymer>
It is preferable that the base material which consists of a cellulose ester contains the specific polymer which contains three components represented by following General formula (3) as a repeating unit.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 ・R21~R24
 R21、R22、R23、R24は、それぞれ独立に置換基を表す。置換基は特に限定されないが、下記置換基Tが挙げられ、その好ましい範囲も同義である。
・ R 21 to R 24
R 21 , R 22 , R 23 and R 24 each independently represent a substituent. Although a substituent is not specifically limited, The following substituent T is mentioned, The preferable range is also synonymous.
 ・R101~R103
 R101~R103は、水素原子または炭素数1~4の脂肪族基を表す。R101~R103は、特に限定されないが、水素原子、メチル基、又はエチル基であることが好ましい。
・ R 101 to R 103
R 101 to R 103 each represents a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R 101 to R 103 are not particularly limited, but are preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group.
 ・x,y,z
 xは、モル比で0~40を表し、0~30であることが好ましく、0~20であることがより好ましい。yは、モル比で5~95を表し、10~90であることが好ましく、30~90であることがより好ましい。zは、モル比で0~70を表し、0~60であることが好ましく、0~50であることがより好ましい。x+y+zは、1(100%)でなくてもよいが、1未満のときは、その他の共重合成分があることを意味する。その他の共重合成分としては、ビニルトルエン、イソプロペニルトルエン、α-メチルスチレン、アルキルインデン、ジシクロペンタジエンなどが挙げられる。その他の共重合成分の共重合比tは、0~30であることが好ましく、0~20であることがより好ましい。
X, y, z
x represents a molar ratio of 0 to 40, preferably 0 to 30, and more preferably 0 to 20. y represents a molar ratio of 5 to 95, preferably 10 to 90, and more preferably 30 to 90. z represents a molar ratio of 0 to 70, preferably 0 to 60, and more preferably 0 to 50. x + y + z may not be 1 (100%), but when it is less than 1, it means that there are other copolymerization components. Examples of other copolymer components include vinyl toluene, isopropenyl toluene, α-methylstyrene, alkylindene, and dicyclopentadiene. The copolymerization ratio t of the other copolymer components is preferably 0 to 30, and more preferably 0 to 20.
 ・m1~m4
 m1、m2は、0~4の整数を表し、0~2であることが好ましい。m3は、0~2の整数を表し、0であることが好ましい。m4は、0~5の整数を表し、0~3であることが好ましく、0~1であることがより好ましい。
・ M1 to m4
m1 and m2 each represents an integer of 0 to 4, and preferably 0 to 2. m3 represents an integer of 0 to 2, and is preferably 0. m4 represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably 0 to 3, and more preferably 0 to 1.
 なお、特定重合体の末端基はどのようなものであってもよく、典型的には、ビニル基に水素が付加されて重合停止された構造である。 Note that the end group of the specific polymer may be any type, and typically has a structure in which polymerization is stopped by adding hydrogen to a vinyl group.
 以下に、特定重合体の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定して解釈されるものではない。なお、下記の構造式は主要成分の繰り返し単位の化学構造とその構成比を示しており、その他の成分が含まれていてもよいことは上記の通りである。 Specific examples of the specific polymer are shown below, but the present invention is not construed as being limited thereto. In addition, the following structural formula has shown the chemical structure of the repeating unit of the main component, and its structural ratio, and it is as above-mentioned that the other component may be contained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 (重量平均分子量)
 上記特定重合体の重量平均分子量は、200~10,000であることが好ましく、300~8,000であることがより好ましく、400~4,000であることが特に好ましい。上記分子量が前記下限値以上であると、効果的にフィルムの透湿度および含水率を抑制できるという作用が期待でき、上限値以下であると、セルロースアシレートとの相溶性向上が期待でき、好ましい。
(Weight average molecular weight)
The weight average molecular weight of the specific polymer is preferably 200 to 10,000, more preferably 300 to 8,000, and particularly preferably 400 to 4,000. When the molecular weight is equal to or higher than the lower limit, it is possible to expect an effect that the moisture permeability and moisture content of the film can be effectively suppressed, and when the molecular weight is equal to or lower than the upper limit, compatibility with the cellulose acylate can be expected to be preferable. .
 分子量及び分散度は、特に断らない限り、GPC(ゲルろ過クロマトグラフィー)法を用いて測定した値とし、分子量はポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量とする。GPC法に用いるカラムに充填されているゲルは、芳香族化合物を繰り返し単位に持つゲルが好ましく、例えばスチレン-ジビニルベンゼン共重合体からなるゲルが挙げられる。カラムは、2~6本連結させて用いることが好ましい。用いる溶媒としては、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶媒、N-メチルピロリジノン等のアミド系溶媒が挙げられる。測定は、溶媒の流速が0.1~2mL/minの範囲で行うことが好ましく、0.5~1.5mL/minの範囲で行うことが最も好ましい。この範囲内で測定を行うことで、装置に負荷がかからず、さらに効率的に測定ができる。測定は10~50℃で行うことが好ましく、20~40℃で行うことが最も好ましい。なお、使用するカラム及びキャリアは、測定対称となる高分子化合物の物性に応じて適宜選定することができる。 Unless otherwise specified, the molecular weight and the dispersity are values measured using a GPC (gel filtration chromatography) method, and the molecular weight is a weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene. The gel packed in the column used in the GPC method is preferably a gel having an aromatic compound as a repeating unit, and examples thereof include a gel made of a styrene-divinylbenzene copolymer. Two to six columns are preferably connected and used. Examples of the solvent used include ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and amide solvents such as N-methylpyrrolidinone. The measurement is preferably performed at a solvent flow rate in the range of 0.1 to 2 mL / min, and most preferably in the range of 0.5 to 1.5 mL / min. By performing the measurement within this range, the apparatus is not loaded and the measurement can be performed more efficiently. The measurement is preferably performed at 10 to 50 ° C., and most preferably at 20 to 40 ° C. In addition, the column and carrier to be used can be appropriately selected according to the physical properties of the polymer compound that is symmetrical to the measurement.
 (添加量)
 前記特定重合体の添加量は、特に限定されないが、セルロースアシレート100質量部に対して、0.1~100質量部であることが好ましく、0.5~50質量部であることがより好ましく、1.0~30質量部であることが特に好ましい。上記添加量が前記下限値以上であると、効果的にフィルムの透湿度および含水率を抑制できる作用が期待でき、上限値以下であると、高い透明性の維持が期待でき、好ましい。上記の特定重合体は、その一種を用いても、二種以上を用いてもよい。なお、特に断らなくても、本実施形態のセルロースアシレートフィルムにおいて、各含有成分は、一種で用いても、二種以上で用いてもよい意味である。   
(Addition amount)
The addition amount of the specific polymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of cellulose acylate. 1.0 to 30 parts by mass is particularly preferable. When the addition amount is equal to or more than the lower limit value, it is possible to effectively suppress the moisture permeability and moisture content of the film, and when it is equal to or less than the upper limit value, high transparency can be expected to be maintained. One kind of the specific polymer may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. In addition, even if there is no notice in particular, in the cellulose acylate film of the present embodiment, it means that each component may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 本明細書中、ポリマーまたは重合体とは、モノマーが多数重合した一般的な高分子化合物であるポリマーに加えて、モノマーが例えば数個重合した分子量数百程度の化合物であるオリゴマーも含まれることを意味する。また、ポリマーまたは重合体というときには、特に断らない限り、コポリマーまたは共重合体を含む意味である。 In this specification, a polymer or a polymer includes not only a polymer that is a general polymer compound in which a large number of monomers are polymerized, but also an oligomer that is a compound having a molecular weight of about several hundreds in which several monomers are polymerized. Means. The term “polymer” or “polymer” means a copolymer or copolymer unless otherwise specified.
 なお、本明細書において「化合物」という語を末尾に付して呼ぶとき、あるいは特定の名称ないし化学式で示すときには、当該化合物そのものに加え、その塩、錯体、そのイオンを含む意味に用いる。また、所望の効果を奏する範囲で、所定の形態で修飾された誘導体を含む意味である。さらに、本明細書において置換基に関して「基」という語を末尾に付して特定の原子群を呼ぶときには、その基に任意の置換基を有していてもよい意味である。これは置換・無置換を明記していない化合物についても同義である。好ましい置換基としては、下記置換基Tが挙げられる。 In the present specification, when the term “compound” is added at the end, or when it is indicated by a specific name or chemical formula, it is used in the meaning including its salt, complex, and ion in addition to the compound itself. Moreover, it is the meaning including the derivative modified with the predetermined form in the range with the desired effect. Furthermore, in the present specification, when a specific group of atoms is referred to with the word “group” at the end of a substituent, this means that the group may have an arbitrary substituent. This is also synonymous for compounds that do not specify substitution / non-substitution. Preferred substituents include the following substituent T.
 置換基Tとしては、下記のものが挙げられる。アルキル基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基、例えばメチル、エチル、イソプロピル、t-ブチル、ペンチル、ヘプチル、1-エチルペンチル、ベンジル、2-エトキシエチル、1-カルボキシメチル等)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素原子数2~20のアルケニル基、例えば、ビニル、アリル、オレイル等)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素原子数2~20のアルキニル基、例えば、エチニル、ブタジイニル、フェニルエチニル等)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素原子数3~20のシクロアルキル基、例えば、シクロプロピル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル、4-メチルシクロヘキシル等)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素原子数6~26のアリール基、例えば、フェニル、1-ナフチル、4-メトキシフェニル、2-クロロフェニル、3-メチルフェニル等)、ヘテロ環基(好ましくは炭素原子数2~20のヘテロ環基、例えば、2-ピリジル、4-ピリジル、2-イミダゾリル、2-ベンゾイミダゾリル、2-チアゾリル、2-オキサゾリル等)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20のアルコキシ基、例えば、メトキシ、エトキシ、イソプロピルオキシ、ベンジルオキシ等)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素原子数6~26のアリールオキシ基、例えば、フェノキシ、1-ナフチルオキシ、3-メチルフェノキシ、4-メトキシフェノキシ等)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素原子数2~20のアルコキシカルボニル基、例えば、エトキシカルボニル、2-エチルヘキシルオキシカルボニル等)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素原子数0~20のアミノ基、例えば、アミノ、N,N-ジメチルアミノ、N,N-ジエチルアミノ、N-エチルアミノ、アニリノ等)、スルホンアミド基(好ましくは炭素原子数0~20のスルホンアミド基、例えば、N,N-ジメチルスルホンアミド、N-フェニルスルホンアミド等)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20のアシルオキシ基、例えば、アセチルオキシ、ベンゾイルオキシ等)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20のカルバモイル基、例えば、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイル、N-フェニルカルバモイル等)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20のアシルアミノ基、例えば、アセチルアミノ、ベンゾイルアミノ等)、シアノ基、又はハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等)であり、より好ましくはアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アミノ基、アシルアミノ基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子であり、特に好ましくはアルキル基、アルケニル基、ヘテロ環基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アミノ基、アシルアミノ基又はシアノ基が挙げられる。   Examples of the substituent T include the following. An alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, pentyl, heptyl, 1-ethylpentyl, benzyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 1-carboxymethyl, etc.), alkenyl A group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as vinyl, allyl, oleyl and the like), an alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as ethynyl, butadiynyl, phenylethynyl and the like), A cycloalkyl group (preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, etc.), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms, for example, Phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, -Chlorophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, etc.), heterocyclic groups (preferably heterocyclic groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as 2-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-imidazolyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 2 -Oxazolyl etc.), an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, benzyloxy etc.), an aryloxy group (preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms) For example, phenoxy, 1-naphthyloxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 4-methoxyphenoxy, etc.), alkoxycarbonyl groups (preferably alkoxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as ethoxycarbonyl, 2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl, etc.) ), Amino group (preferably carbon Amino groups having 0 to 20 atoms, such as amino, N, N-dimethylamino, N, N-diethylamino, N-ethylamino, anilino, etc., sulfonamido groups (preferably sulfonamido having 0 to 20 carbon atoms) A group such as N, N-dimethylsulfonamide, N-phenylsulfonamide, etc., an acyloxy group (preferably an acyloxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as acetyloxy, benzoyloxy, etc.), a carbamoyl group (preferably A carbamoyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl, N-phenylcarbamoyl, etc.), an acylamino group (preferably an acylamino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as acetylamino, benzoylamino, etc.) , A cyano group, or a halogen atom (eg, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom) More preferably an alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, amino group, acylamino group, cyano group or halogen atom, Particularly preferred are an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an amino group, an acylamino group, and a cyano group. *
 <添加剤>
 透明基材に使用される各樹脂には、特定化合物以外にも添加剤を加えることもできる。添加される添加剤としては、例えば特開2013-28782号公報の段落〔0072〕~〔0121〕に記載の疎水化剤(糖エステル系化合物、芳香族末端エステル系化合物)、可塑剤(ポリエステル系化合物)、リタデーション調整剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、劣化防止剤、剥離助剤、界面活性剤、染料、微粒子等がある。有機ELディスプレイ等の表示装置に使用する偏光板には、耐熱耐湿性を付与する可塑剤、酸化防止剤や紫外線吸収剤等を添加することが好ましい。
<Additives>
In addition to the specific compound, an additive may be added to each resin used for the transparent substrate. Examples of additives to be added include hydrophobizing agents (sugar ester compounds, aromatic terminal ester compounds) and plasticizers (polyester resins) described in paragraphs [0072] to [0121] of JP2013-28782A. Compound), retardation adjusting agent, ultraviolet absorber, antioxidant, deterioration preventing agent, peeling aid, surfactant, dye, fine particle and the like. It is preferable to add a plasticizer, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, or the like that imparts heat and humidity resistance to a polarizing plate used in a display device such as an organic EL display.
 これらの化合物は、各樹脂に対して1~30質量%、好ましくは1~20質量%となるように含まれていることが好ましい。また、延伸および乾燥中のブリードアウト等を抑制させるため、200℃における蒸気圧が1400Pa以下の化合物であることが好ましい。 These compounds are contained in an amount of 1 to 30% by mass, preferably 1 to 20% by mass, based on each resin. In order to suppress bleeding out during stretching and drying, a compound having a vapor pressure at 200 ° C. of 1400 Pa or less is preferable.
 <他の可塑剤>
 セルロースエステル樹脂には、必要に応じて他の可塑剤を含有することができる。好ましくは、1)多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤、2)多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤、3)グリコレート系可塑剤、4)フタル酸エステル系可塑剤、5)クエン酸エステル系可塑剤、6)脂肪酸エステル系可塑剤、7)リン酸エステル系可塑剤等から選択される。これらの可塑剤は、セルロースエステルに対して1~30質量%の範囲で使用されることが好ましい。
<Other plasticizers>
The cellulose ester resin can contain other plasticizers as necessary. Preferably, 1) a polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer, 2) a polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizer, 3) a glycolate plasticizer, 4) a phthalate ester plasticizer, 5) a citrate ester plasticizer, 6) Fatty acid ester plasticizer, 7) Phosphate ester plasticizer, etc. These plasticizers are preferably used in the range of 1 to 30% by mass with respect to the cellulose ester.
 1)多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤は、下記一般式(4)で表される多価アルコールのエステル化合物である。
   R1-(OH)n   (4)
 (式中、R1はn価の有機基、nは2以上の正の整数を表す)
1) The polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer is an ester compound of a polyhydric alcohol represented by the following general formula (4).
R1- (OH) n (4)
(In the formula, R1 represents an n-valent organic group, and n represents a positive integer of 2 or more)
 好ましい多価アルコールの例としては、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、トリメチロールプロパン、ペンタエリスリトールが好ましい。 Preferred examples of the polyhydric alcohol include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, trimethylolpropane, and pentaerythritol.
 多価アルコールエステルに用いられるモノカルボン酸としては、公知の脂肪族モノカルボン酸、脂環族モノカルボン酸、芳香族モノカルボン酸などを用いることができる。 As the monocarboxylic acid used in the polyhydric alcohol ester, known aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, aromatic monocarboxylic acid, and the like can be used.
 脂肪族モノカルボン酸としては、炭素数1~32の直鎖または側鎖を持った脂肪酸を好ましく用いることができる。炭素数1~20であることがさらに好ましく、炭素数1~10であることが特に好ましい。 As the aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, a fatty acid having a straight chain or a side chain having 1 to 32 carbon atoms can be preferably used. More preferably, it has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
 好ましい脂環族モノカルボン酸の例としては、シクロペンタンカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸、シクロオクタンカルボン酸、またはそれらの誘導体を挙げることができる。 Examples of preferable alicyclic monocarboxylic acids include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid, and derivatives thereof.
 好ましい芳香族モノカルボン酸の例としては、安息香酸、トルイル酸などの安息香酸のベンゼン環にアルキル基を導入したもの、ビフェニルカルボン酸、ナフタレンカルボン酸、テトラリンカルボン酸などのベンゼン環を2個以上持つ芳香族モノカルボン酸、またはそれらの誘導体を挙げることができる。特に、安息香酸が好ましい。 Examples of preferred aromatic monocarboxylic acids include those in which an alkyl group is introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid such as benzoic acid and toluic acid, and two or more benzene rings such as biphenylcarboxylic acid, naphthalenecarboxylic acid, and tetralincarboxylic acid. The aromatic monocarboxylic acid which has, or those derivatives can be mentioned. In particular, benzoic acid is preferred.
 多価アルコールエステルの分子量300~1500の範囲であることが好ましく、350~750の範囲であることが更に好ましい。多価アルコールエステルに用いられるカルボン酸は一種類でもよいし、二種以上の混合であってもよい。また、多価アルコール中のOH基は全てエステル化してもよいし、一部をOH基のままで残してもよい。 The molecular weight of the polyhydric alcohol ester is preferably in the range of 300 to 1500, more preferably in the range of 350 to 750. The carboxylic acid used for the polyhydric alcohol ester may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds. Moreover, all the OH groups in the polyhydric alcohol may be esterified, or a part of the OH groups may be left as they are.
 この他、トリメチロールプロパントリアセテート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアセテートなども好ましく用いられる。特開2008-88292号公報に記載の一般式(I)で表されるエステル化合物(A)を使用することも好ましい。 In addition, trimethylolpropane triacetate, pentaerythritol tetraacetate, and the like are also preferably used. It is also preferable to use the ester compound (A) represented by the general formula (I) described in JP-A-2008-88292.
 2)多価カルボン酸エステル化合物は、2価以上、好ましくは2価~20価の多価カルボン酸とアルコールのエステルよりなる。また、脂肪族多価カルボン酸は2~20価であることが好ましく、芳香族多価カルボン酸、脂環式多価カルボン酸の場合は2価~20価であることが好ましい。 2) The polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compound is composed of an ester of divalent or higher, preferably divalent to 20-valent polyvalent carboxylic acid and alcohol. The aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid is preferably divalent to 20-valent, and in the case of an aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acid or an alicyclic polyvalent carboxylic acid, it is preferably divalent to 20-valent.
 多価カルボン酸は次の一般式(5)で表される。
   R2(COOH)m(OH)n   (5)
 (但し、R2は(m+n)価の有機基、mは2以上の正の整数、nは0以上の整数、COOH基はカルボキシル基、OH基はアルコール性またはフェノール性水酸基を表す)
The polyvalent carboxylic acid is represented by the following general formula (5).
R2 (COOH) m (OH) n (5)
(Wherein R2 is an (m + n) -valent organic group, m is a positive integer of 2 or more, n is an integer of 0 or more, a COOH group is a carboxyl group, and an OH group is an alcoholic or phenolic hydroxyl group)
 好ましい多価カルボン酸の例としては、例えば以下のようなものを挙げることができる。フタル酸、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、トリメリット酸、トリメシン酸、ピロメリット酸のような2価以上の芳香族多価カルボン酸またはその誘導体、コハク酸、アジピン酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸、シュウ酸、フマール酸、マレイン酸、テトラヒドロフタル酸のような脂肪族多価カルボン酸、酒石酸、タルトロン酸、リンゴ酸、クエン酸のようなオキシ多価カルボン酸などを好ましく用いることができる。 Examples of preferred polyvalent carboxylic acids include the following. Divalent or higher aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acids or derivatives such as phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, trimellitic acid, trimesic acid, pyromellitic acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, oxalic acid Aliphatic polycarboxylic acids such as fumaric acid, maleic acid and tetrahydrophthalic acid, and oxypolycarboxylic acids such as tartaric acid, tartronic acid, malic acid and citric acid can be preferably used.
 本実施形態に用いることのできる多価カルボン酸エステル化合物に用いられるアルコールとしては、公知のアルコール、フェノール類を用いることができる。例えば炭素数1~32の直鎖または側鎖を持った脂肪族飽和アルコールを好ましく用いることができる。炭素数1~20のものがさらに好ましく、炭素数1~10のものが特に好ましい。 Known alcohols and phenols can be used as the alcohol used in the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compound that can be used in the present embodiment. For example, an aliphatic saturated alcohol having a straight chain or a side chain having 1 to 32 carbon atoms can be preferably used. More preferred are those having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferred are those having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
 また、シクロペンタノール、シクロヘキサノールなどの脂環式アルコールまたはその誘導体、ベンジルアルコール、シンナミルアルコールなどの芳香族アルコールまたはその誘導体なども好ましく用いることができ、フェノールとしては、フェノール、パラクレゾール、ジメチルフェノール等を単独または2種以上を併用して使用することができる。 In addition, alicyclic alcohols such as cyclopentanol and cyclohexanol or derivatives thereof, aromatic alcohols such as benzyl alcohol and cinnamyl alcohol, or derivatives thereof can also be preferably used. Examples of phenol include phenol, paracresol, dimethyl Phenol etc. can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
 特開2008-88292号公報に記載の一般式(II)で表されるエステル化合物(B)を使用することも好ましい。 It is also preferable to use an ester compound (B) represented by the general formula (II) described in JP-A-2008-88292.
 多価カルボン酸エステル化合物の分子量は特に制限はないが、分子量300~1000の範囲であることが好ましく、350~750の範囲であることがさらに好ましい。 The molecular weight of the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 300 to 1000, more preferably in the range of 350 to 750.
 多価カルボン酸エステルに用いられるアルコール類は一種類でも良いし、二種以上の混合であっても良い。 The alcohol used for the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds.
 多価カルボン酸エステル化合物の酸価は1mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、0.2mgKOH/g以下であることがさらに好ましい。酸価とは、試料1g中に含まれる酸(試料中に存在するカルボキシル基)を中和するために必要な水酸化カリウムのミリグラム数をいう。酸価はJIS K0070に準拠して測定したものである。 The acid value of the polycarboxylic acid ester compound is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 0.2 mgKOH / g or less. The acid value means the number of milligrams of potassium hydroxide necessary for neutralizing the acid (carboxyl group present in the sample) contained in 1 g of the sample. The acid value is measured according to JIS K0070.
 3)グリコレート系可塑剤は特に限定されないが、アルキルフタリルアルキルグリコレート類が好ましく用いることができる。アルキルフタリルアルキルグリコレート類としては、例えばメチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、プロピルフタリルプロピルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルブチルグリコレート、オクチルフタリルオクチルグリコレート等が挙げられる。 3) The glycolate plasticizer is not particularly limited, but alkylphthalylalkyl glycolates can be preferably used. Examples of the alkyl phthalyl alkyl glycolates include methyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl octyl glycolate and the like.
 4)フタル酸エステル系可塑剤としては、ジエチルフタレート、ジメトキシエチルフタレート、ジメチルフタレート、ジオクチルフタレート、ジブチルフタレート、ジ-2-エチルヘキシルフタレート、ジオクチルフタレート、ジシクロヘキシルフタレート、ジシクロヘキシルテレフタレート等が挙げられる。 4) Examples of the phthalate ester plasticizer include diethyl phthalate, dimethoxyethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, and dicyclohexyl terephthalate.
 5)クエン酸エステル系可塑剤としては、クエン酸アセチルトリメチル、クエン酸アセチルトリエチル、クエン酸アセチルトリブチル等が挙げられる。 5) Examples of the citrate plasticizer include acetyltrimethyl citrate, acetyltriethyl citrate, and acetyltributyl citrate.
 6)脂肪酸エステル系可塑剤として、オレイン酸ブチル、リシノール酸メチルアセチル、セバシン酸ジブチル等が挙げられる。 6) Examples of fatty acid ester plasticizers include butyl oleate, methylacetyl ricinoleate, and dibutyl sebacate.
 7)リン酸エステル系可塑剤としては、トリフェニルホスフェート、トリクレジルホスフェート、クレジルジフェニルホスフェート、オクチルジフェニルホスフェート、ジフェニルビフェニルホスフェート、トリオクチルホスフェート、トリブチルホスフェート等が挙げられる。 7) Examples of the phosphate ester plasticizer include triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, cresyl diphenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, diphenyl biphenyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, and the like.
 <リタデーション調整剤>
 透明基材のリタデーションを調整するために添加する化合物は、欧州特許911,656A2号明細書に記載されているような、二つ以上の芳香族環を有する芳香族化合物を使用することができる。また、2種類以上の芳香族化合物を併用してもよい。該芳香族化合物の芳香族環には、芳香族炭化水素環に加えて、芳香族性ヘテロ環を含む。芳香族性ヘテロ環であることが特に好ましく、芳香族性ヘテロ環は一般に、不飽和ヘテロ環である。中でも1,3,5-トリアジン環が特に好ましい。
<Retardation adjuster>
As the compound added for adjusting the retardation of the transparent substrate, an aromatic compound having two or more aromatic rings as described in EP 911,656A2 can be used. Two or more aromatic compounds may be used in combination. The aromatic ring of the aromatic compound includes an aromatic heterocyclic ring in addition to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Particularly preferred is an aromatic heterocycle, and the aromatic heterocycle is generally an unsaturated heterocycle. Of these, a 1,3,5-triazine ring is particularly preferred.
 <ポリマーまたはオリゴマー>
 本実施形態の透明基材を構成する各樹脂には、カルボキシル基、ヒドロキシル基、アミノ基、アミド基、およびスルホ基から選ばれる置換基を有し、かつ、重量平均分子量が500~200,000の範囲内であるビニル系化合物のポリマーまたはオリゴマーを含有させることもできる。透明基材を構成する各樹脂と、当該ポリマーまたはオリゴマーとの含有量の質量比が、95:5~50:50の範囲内であることが好ましい。
<Polymer or oligomer>
Each resin constituting the transparent substrate of the present embodiment has a substituent selected from a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, an amide group, and a sulfo group, and has a weight average molecular weight of 500 to 200,000. It is also possible to contain a polymer or oligomer of a vinyl compound that falls within the range. The mass ratio of the content of each resin constituting the transparent substrate and the polymer or oligomer is preferably in the range of 95: 5 to 50:50.
 <紫外線吸収剤>
 本実施形態の透明基材は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することが好ましい。紫外線吸収剤は400nm以下の紫外線を吸収することで、耐久性を向上させることを目的としており、特に波長370nmでの透過率が10%以下であることが好ましく、さらに好ましくは5%以下である。
<Ultraviolet absorber>
It is preferable that the transparent base material of this embodiment contains a ultraviolet absorber. The ultraviolet absorber is intended to improve durability by absorbing ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less. In particular, the transmittance at a wavelength of 370 nm is preferably 10% or less, and more preferably 5% or less. .
 本実施形態に用いられる紫外線吸収剤は特に限定されないが、例えばオキシベンゾフェノン系化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、サリチル酸エステル系化合物、ベンゾフェノン系化合物、シアノアクリレート系化合物、トリアジン系化合物、ニッケル錯塩系化合物、無機粉体等が挙げられる。 Although the ultraviolet absorber used in this embodiment is not particularly limited, for example, oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, triazine compounds, nickel complex salts, inorganic Examples thereof include powders.
 紫外線吸収剤の使用量は、紫外線吸収剤の種類、使用条件等により一様ではないが、透明基材の乾燥膜厚が30~200μmの場合は、透明基材に対して0.5~10質量%が好ましく、0.6~4質量%がさらに好ましい。 The amount of the UV absorber used is not uniform depending on the type of UV absorber, the use conditions, etc., but when the dry film thickness of the transparent substrate is 30 to 200 μm, it is 0.5 to 10 with respect to the transparent substrate. % By mass is preferable, and 0.6 to 4% by mass is more preferable.
 <酸化防止剤>
 フィルム基材は、酸化防止剤を含むことも好ましい。好ましい酸化防止剤は、リン系またはフェノール系であり、リン系とフェノール系を同時に組み合わせるとより好ましい。
<Antioxidant>
It is also preferred that the film substrate contains an antioxidant. Preferred antioxidants are phosphorous or phenolic, and it is more preferred to combine phosphorous and phenolic simultaneously.
 <マット剤>
 本実施形態では、マット剤として微粒子を透明基材中に含有させることができ、これによってフィルムが長尺の場合、搬送や巻き取りをしやすくすることができる。マット剤の粒径は10nm~0.1μmの1次粒子もしくは2次粒子であることが好ましい。1次粒子の針状比が1.1以下の略球状のマット剤が好ましく用いられる。微粒子としては、ケイ素を含むものが好ましく、特に二酸化珪素が好ましい。本実施形態に好ましい二酸化珪素の微粒子としては、例えば、日本アエロジル(株)製のアエロジルR972、R972V、R974、R812、200、200V、300、R202、OX50、TT600(以上日本アエロジル(株)製)の商品名で市販されているものを挙げることができ、アエロジル200V、R972、R972V、R974、R202、R812を好ましく用いることができる。ポリマーの微粒子の例として、シリコーン樹脂、弗素樹脂およびアクリル樹脂を挙げることができる。シリコーン樹脂が好ましく、特に三次元の網状構造を有するものが好ましく、例えば、トスパール103、同105、同108、同120、同145、同3120および同240(東芝シリコーン(株)製)を挙げることができる。
<Matting agent>
In the present embodiment, fine particles can be contained in the transparent substrate as a matting agent, which makes it easy to transport and wind up when the film is long. The particle size of the matting agent is preferably primary particles or secondary particles of 10 nm to 0.1 μm. A substantially spherical matting agent having a primary particle acicular ratio of 1.1 or less is preferably used. As the fine particles, those containing silicon are preferable, and silicon dioxide is particularly preferable. As fine particles of silicon dioxide preferable for this embodiment, for example, Aerosil R972, R972V, R974, R812, 200, 200V, 300, R202, OX50, TT600 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd. And commercially available products such as Aerosil 200V, R972, R972V, R974, R202, and R812 can be preferably used. Examples of polymer fine particles include silicone resin, fluorine resin, and acrylic resin. Silicone resins are preferable, and those having a three-dimensional network structure are particularly preferable. Examples include Tospearl 103, 105, 108, 120, 145, 3120, and 240 (manufactured by Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.). Can do.
 <その他の添加剤>
 その他、カオリン、タルク、ケイソウ土、石英、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム、酸化チタン、アルミナ等の無機微粒子、カルシウム、マグネシウム等のアルカリ土類金属の塩等の熱安定剤を透明基材に加えてもよい。さらに界面活性剤、剥離促進剤、帯電防止剤、難燃剤、滑剤、油剤等を透明基材に加えてもよい。
<Other additives>
In addition, heat stabilizers such as inorganic fine particles such as kaolin, talc, diatomaceous earth, quartz, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, titanium oxide, and alumina, and alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium may be added to the transparent substrate. Good. Further, a surfactant, a peeling accelerator, an antistatic agent, a flame retardant, a lubricant, an oil agent and the like may be added to the transparent substrate.
 〔被覆層〕
 本実施形態における保護フィルムは、セルロースエステルからなる基材に、少なくとも1層の被覆層を有する。
(Coating layer)
The protective film in this embodiment has at least one coating layer on a substrate made of cellulose ester.
 被覆層としては、低透湿性な材料であれば特に限定されないが、層状無機化合物を含む樹脂層、ビニルアルコール系重合体を含む層、塩素含有ビニル塩素含有ビニル単量体から誘導される繰り返し単位を含む重合体を主成分にしてなる層、シリカ系塗布膜、ポリシラザンを含有する塗布組成物から形成されたシリカを主成分とする塗布膜、等を単独、もしくはそれぞれ組み合わせて用いることができる。中でも、層状無機化合物を含む樹脂層が、透湿性、および基材であるセルロースエステルとの密着性などの観点から特に好ましい。 The coating layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a low moisture-permeable material, but a resin layer containing a layered inorganic compound, a layer containing a vinyl alcohol polymer, a repeating unit derived from a chlorine-containing vinyl-chlorine-containing vinyl monomer A layer mainly composed of a polymer containing, a silica-based coating film, a coating film mainly composed of silica formed from a coating composition containing polysilazane, and the like can be used alone or in combination. Among these, a resin layer containing a layered inorganic compound is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of moisture permeability and adhesion with a cellulose ester as a substrate.
 これらは、基材に対する被覆層として単層で用いることもでき、2種以上の異なる材料を用いることもできる。被覆層の積層方法は特に限定されるものではい。2種以上の異なる材料を用いる場合、積層順序は限定されるものではなく、基材を介して互いに逆側に設けてもよい。また、上記被覆層の上に、さらにハードコート層、AG(アンチグレア層)、低屈折率層、高屈折率層などの機能層を設けることもできる。 These can be used as a single layer as a coating layer for the substrate, or two or more different materials can be used. The method for laminating the coating layer is not particularly limited. In the case of using two or more different materials, the stacking order is not limited, and they may be provided on the opposite sides of each other through the base material. Further, a functional layer such as a hard coat layer, AG (anti-glare layer), a low refractive index layer, and a high refractive index layer can be further provided on the coating layer.
 <層状化合物を含む樹脂層>
 層状化合物を含む樹脂層としては、樹脂層(バインダー成分)に層状無機化合物が分散されていれば特に限定されない。樹脂層としては、上記で説明したセルロースエステル、ビニルアルコール系重合体を含む樹脂、あるいはUV硬化性のアクリル系樹脂などが挙げられる。
<Resin layer containing layered compound>
The resin layer containing the layered compound is not particularly limited as long as the layered inorganic compound is dispersed in the resin layer (binder component). Examples of the resin layer include the above-described cellulose ester, a resin containing a vinyl alcohol polymer, or a UV curable acrylic resin.
 本実施形態における層状無機化合物とは、単位結晶層が積層した構造を有し、層間に溶媒を配位又は吸収することにより膨潤又はヘキ開する性質を示す無機化合物である。このような無機化合物としては、膨潤性の含水ケイ酸塩、例えば、スメクタイト群粘土鉱物(モンモリロナイト、サポナイト、ヘクトライト等)、パームキュライト群粘土鉱物、カオリナイト群粘土鉱物、フィロケイ酸塩(マイカ等)などが例示できる。また、合成層状無機化合物も好ましく用いられる。合成層状無機化合物としては、合成スメクタイト(ヘクトライト、サポナイト、スティブンサイトなど)、合成マイカなどが挙げられる。 The layered inorganic compound in the present embodiment is an inorganic compound that has a structure in which unit crystal layers are laminated and swells or cleaves when a solvent is coordinated or absorbed between the layers. Examples of such inorganic compounds include swellable hydrous silicates such as smectite group clay minerals (montmorillonite, saponite, hectorite, etc.), palm curite group clay minerals, kaolinite group clay minerals, phyllosilicates (mica). Etc.). A synthetic layered inorganic compound is also preferably used. Examples of the synthetic layered inorganic compound include synthetic smectite (hectorite, saponite, stevensite, etc.), synthetic mica and the like.
 これらの層状無機化合物の中でも、透湿度の調整、脆性の改善、及び色味付きの防止の観点から、スメクタイト、モンモリロナイト、マイカが好ましく、モンモリロナイト、マイカがより好ましく、マイカが更に好ましく、合成マイカが特に好ましい。市販品として使用できる層状無機化合物としては、MEB-3(コープケミカル(株)製合成マイカ水分散液)、ME-100(コープケミカル(株)製合成マイカ)、S1ME(コープケミカル(株)製合成マイカ)、SWN(コープケミカル(株)製合成スメクタイト)、SWF(コープケミカル(株)製合成スメクタイト)、クニピアF(クニミネ化学工業(株)社製精製ベントナイト)、ベンゲル(ホージュン(株)社製精製ベントナイト)、ベンゲルHV(ホージュン(株)社製精製ベントナイト)、ベンゲルFW(ホージュン(株)社製精製ベントナイト)、ベンゲル ブライト11(ホージュン(株)社製精製ベントナイト)、ベンゲル ブライト23(ホージュン(株)社製精製ベントナイト)、ベンゲル ブライト25(ホージュン(株)社製精製ベントナイト)、ベンゲル A(ホージュン(株)社製精製ベントナイト)、ベンゲル 2M(ホージュン(株)社製精製ベントナイト)等を用いることができる。 Among these layered inorganic compounds, smectite, montmorillonite and mica are preferable, montmorillonite and mica are more preferable, mica is more preferable, and synthetic mica is more preferable from the viewpoint of adjustment of moisture permeability, improvement of brittleness, and prevention of coloring. Particularly preferred. Examples of layered inorganic compounds that can be used as commercial products include MEB-3 (synthetic mica aqueous dispersion manufactured by Corp Chemical Co., Ltd.), ME-100 (synthetic mica manufactured by Corp Chemical Co., Ltd.), and S1ME (manufactured by Corp Chemical Co., Ltd.). Synthetic mica), SWN (Synthetic smectite manufactured by Corp Chemical Co., Ltd.), SWF (Synthetic smectite manufactured by Corp Chemical Co., Ltd.), Kunipia F (Purified bentonite manufactured by Kunimine Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Bengel (Hojun Co., Ltd.) Purified bentonite), Bengel HV (refined bentonite manufactured by Hojun Co., Ltd.), Wenger FW (purified bentonite manufactured by Hojun Co., Ltd.), Wenger Bright 11 (purified bentonite manufactured by Hojun Co., Ltd.), Wenger Bright 23 (Hojung) (Refined bentonite manufactured by Co., Ltd.), Wenger Bright 25 ( Jun K.K. purified bentonite), Wenger A (HOJUN Co., Ltd. purified bentonite), Wenger 2M (HOJUN Co., Ltd. purified bentonite) and the like can be used.
 (有機化処理された層状無機化合物)
 本実施形態において、層状無機化合物は、有機溶媒中での分散性や溶媒へ添加後の膨潤・ヘキ開性を向上させて透湿度調整を良好なものとする観点及び脆性を改善する観点から、有機化処理されていることが好ましい。層状無機化合物の有機化処理とは、単位結晶層の結晶表面や結晶端面の水酸基を有機化剤により処理されることで、該有機化剤が単位結晶層間に補足されることを指す。
(Organized layered inorganic compound)
In the present embodiment, the layered inorganic compound is from the viewpoint of improving the moisture permeability adjustment by improving the dispersibility in the organic solvent and the swelling / cleavage after addition to the solvent, and improving the brittleness, It is preferably organically treated. The organic treatment of the layered inorganic compound means that the organic agent is captured between the unit crystal layers by treating the crystal surface of the unit crystal layer and the hydroxyl group on the crystal end face with the organic agent.
 有機化処理された層状無機化合物の例としては、下記で述べるようなアルキルアミン等の有機化剤により有機化処理した層状無機化合物が挙げられる。また、セルロースアシレートフィルムの強度をより強固にし、かつ透湿度低減の目的では、重合性基を含有した有機化剤により有機化処理してもよい。 Examples of the layered inorganic compound subjected to the organic treatment include a layered inorganic compound subjected to an organic treatment with an organic agent such as alkylamine as described below. Further, for the purpose of further strengthening the strength of the cellulose acylate film and reducing moisture permeability, the organic acylation treatment may be performed with an organic agent containing a polymerizable group.
 市販品として使用できる有機化処理した層状無機化合物としては、ソマシフMAE、MTE、MEE、MPE(いずれもコープケミカル(株)製合成マイカ)、ルーセンタイトSAN、STN、SEN、SPN(いずれもコープケミカル(株)製合成スメクタイト)等が挙げられる。 Examples of organically treated layered inorganic compounds that can be used as commercial products include Somasif MAE, MTE, MEE, MPE (all synthetic mica manufactured by Coop Chemical Co., Ltd.), Lucentite SAN, STN, SEN, SPN (all COP Chemical). Synthetic smectite manufactured by Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 また、有機化処理されていない層状無機化合物、例えば市販品であれば、ルーセンタイトME-100(コープケミカル(株)製合成マイカ)、ルーセンタイトSWN(コープケミカル(株)製合成スメクタイト)を有機化剤により有機化処理することも好ましい。有機化剤としては、4級アンモニウム塩が好ましく、特に限定はないが、下記一般式(6)で表される4級アンモニウム塩がより好ましい。
   N(Ra)4-n(Rb)+A   (6)
In addition, layered inorganic compounds that have not been organically treated, such as Lucentite ME-100 (synthetic mica manufactured by Corp Chemical Co., Ltd.) and Lucentite SWN (synthetic smectite manufactured by Corp Chemical Co., Ltd.) are commercially available. It is also preferable to perform an organic treatment with an agent. The organic agent is preferably a quaternary ammonium salt, and is not particularly limited, but a quaternary ammonium salt represented by the following general formula (6) is more preferable.
N (Ra) 4-n (Rb) n + A (6)
 一般式(6)中、Raは-(CHH、-(CHRcH、又は-(CHRc)Hを表し、mは2以上の整数、Rcは任意の基又はなくてもよく、Rbは-CHを表す。nは0~3の整数を表す。AはCl又はBrを表す。 In the general formula (6), Ra represents — (CH 2 ) m H, — (CH 2 ) m RcH, or — (CH 2 Rc) m H, m is an integer of 2 or more, and Rc is an arbitrary group or There is no need, and Rb represents —CH 3 . n represents an integer of 0 to 3. A - is Cl - or Br - represents a.
 上記一般式(6)において、nは0~3であることが好ましく、0~2であることがより好ましく、0~1であることが更に好ましい。nがこの範囲にあると、分散性の観点から好ましい。Raが複数ある場合に、全ての基が同じ構造であっても、異なる構造をとってもよい。 In the general formula (6), n is preferably 0 to 3, more preferably 0 to 2, and still more preferably 0 to 1. It is preferable from the viewpoint of dispersibility that n is in this range. When there are a plurality of Ras, all groups may have the same structure or different structures.
 mは2以上であり、Raのうちの少なくとも1つの基は、mが4以上であることが特に好ましく、8以上であることがより好ましく、8~30であることが更に好ましい。mが大きいほど、分散性が向上して好ましい。また、mが上記範囲にあると、層状無機化合物に対する有機物の割合の点からも好ましい。 M is 2 or more, and in at least one group of Ra, m is particularly preferably 4 or more, more preferably 8 or more, and further preferably 8 to 30. The larger m is, the better the dispersibility is improved. Moreover, it is preferable from the point of the ratio of the organic substance with respect to a layered inorganic compound that m is in the said range.
 Raは、分子間の相互作用が大きくなる構造を有することも好ましく、-OH、―CHCHO-、-CHO(CH)-などが挙げられる。 Ra preferably has a structure in which interaction between molecules is large, and examples thereof include —OH, —CH 2 CH 2 O—, and —CHO (CH) 3 —.
 上記一般式(6)で表される4級アンモニウム塩を含め、有機化処理に用いる4級アンモニウム塩としては、例えば、ジメチルジオクタデシルアンモニウムブロミド、トリメチルオクタデシルアンモニウムクロリド、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムクロリド、ジメチルベンジルオクタデシルアンモニウムブロミド、トリオクチルメチルアンモニウムクロリド、ポリオキシプロピレントリメチルアンモニウムクロリド、ジ(ポリオキシプロピレン)ジメチルアンモニウムクロリド、ジ(ポリオキシエチレン)ドデシルメチルアンモニウムクロリド、トリ(ポリオキシプロピレン)メチルアンモニウムクロリド、トリ(ポリオキシプロピレン)メチルアンモニウムブロミド等が挙げられる。 Examples of the quaternary ammonium salt used for the organic treatment including the quaternary ammonium salt represented by the general formula (6) include dimethyldioctadecylammonium bromide, trimethyloctadecylammonium chloride, benzyltrimethylammonium chloride, dimethylbenzyloctadecyl. Ammonium bromide, trioctylmethylammonium chloride, polyoxypropylene trimethylammonium chloride, di (polyoxypropylene) dimethylammonium chloride, di (polyoxyethylene) dodecylmethylammonium chloride, tri (polyoxypropylene) methylammonium chloride, tri (poly And oxypropylene) methylammonium bromide.
 有機化処理された層状無機化合物を用いる方法としては、有機化処理された層状無機化合物を有機溶媒中に十分に分散しておき、該分散液中にセルロースアシレート溶液(ドープ)を添加する方法のほか、ドープ液中へ、有機化処理された層状無機化合物を有機溶媒中に分散した溶液を添加する方法等が用いられる。 As a method of using an organically treated layered inorganic compound, a method in which the organically treated layered inorganic compound is sufficiently dispersed in an organic solvent and a cellulose acylate solution (dope) is added to the dispersion. In addition, a method of adding a solution in which a layered inorganic compound subjected to organic treatment is dispersed in an organic solvent is added to the dope solution.
 層状無機化合物は、透湿度調整や脆性、ヘイズの観点から、微粒子化処理されているのが好ましい。微粒子化処理された層状無機化合物は、通常、板状又は扁平状であり、平面形状は特に制限されず、無定形状などであってもよい。微粒子化処理された層状無機化合物の平均粒子半径(平面形状の平均粒子半径)は、例えば、0.1~10μmが好ましく、0.5~8μmがより好ましく、0.8~6μmが特に好ましい。平均粒子半径とは、一般的な粒度分布計、例えば、光散乱方式の粒度分布計(日機装社製「マイクロトラックUPA」)で測定される粒子半径分布値のうち、その値を有する粒子数が最も多い粒子径である。上記範囲にすることにより、十分な透湿度調整効果が得られ、かつヘイズ値の増加や表面粗さの増加などを防ぐことができる。 The layered inorganic compound is preferably finely divided from the viewpoint of moisture permeability adjustment, brittleness, and haze. The layered inorganic compound subjected to the fine particle treatment is usually plate-shaped or flat-shaped, and the planar shape is not particularly limited, and may be an amorphous shape. The average particle radius (planar average particle radius) of the layered inorganic compound that has been microparticulated is preferably, for example, 0.1 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 8 μm, and particularly preferably 0.8 to 6 μm. The average particle radius is the number of particles having the value among the particle radius distribution values measured by a general particle size distribution meter, for example, a light scattering type particle size distribution meter ("Microtrack UPA" manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). The largest particle size. By setting it as the above range, a sufficient moisture permeability adjusting effect can be obtained, and an increase in haze value and an increase in surface roughness can be prevented.
 (層状無機化合物の分散処理)
 層状無機化合物は、層間が膨潤又はヘキ開した状態で、樹脂フィルム中で局在化することにより、透湿経路長を長くして透湿度を減少させることができる。したがって、層状無機化合物の各層間が膨潤又はヘキ開された状態を得るためには、上記の有機化処理や分散処理することが好ましい。分散処理は、溶液中で複数回高圧分散処理されるのが好ましい。処理圧力は10MPa以上が良く、より好ましくは20Mpa以上である。溶媒としては、特に指定はない。
(Dispersion treatment of layered inorganic compound)
By laminating the layered inorganic compound in the resin film in a state where the layers are swollen or cleaved, the moisture permeability path length can be increased and the moisture permeability can be reduced. Therefore, in order to obtain a state in which each layer of the layered inorganic compound is swollen or cleaved, it is preferable to perform the organic treatment or dispersion treatment. The dispersion treatment is preferably carried out by high-pressure dispersion treatment a plurality of times in the solution. The treatment pressure is preferably 10 MPa or more, more preferably 20 MPa or more. There is no specific designation as a solvent.
 本実施形態において、樹脂フィルム中の層状無機化合物の含有量は、樹脂フィルム中の全固形分に対して1~50質量%である。この範囲であれば、ヘイズ値の上昇を招くことなく、透湿度を所望の範囲に低減できる。より好ましくは、3~48質量%である。 In the present embodiment, the content of the layered inorganic compound in the resin film is 1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the resin film. If it is this range, a water vapor transmission rate can be reduced to a desired range, without causing a raise of a haze value. More preferably, it is 3 to 48% by mass.
 <ビニルアルコール系重合体を含む層>
 被覆層を構成するビニルアルコール系重合体としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)などの単独重合体や、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体(EVOH)、などが例示できる。また、これらのビニルアルコール系重合体は、その一部がカルボニル変性、シラノール変性、エポキシ変性、アセトアセチル変性、アミノ変性又はアンモニウム変性されたものを用いてもよく、その一部にジアセトンアクリルアミド単位等を含む共重合体を用いてもよい。また、各種のビニルアルコール系重合体を単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することもできる。
<Layer containing vinyl alcohol polymer>
Examples of the vinyl alcohol polymer constituting the coating layer include a homopolymer such as polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer (EVOH). In addition, these vinyl alcohol polymers may be partially carbonyl-modified, silanol-modified, epoxy-modified, acetoacetyl-modified, amino-modified or ammonium-modified, and a part thereof is a diacetone acrylamide unit. You may use the copolymer containing these. Various vinyl alcohol polymers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 ビニルアルコール系重合体の鹸化度は、80モル%以上の範囲から選択できるが、好ましくは96モル%以上であり、より好ましくは99モル%以上である。ビニルアルコール系重合体の重合度は、透湿度、塗布性の点から、200~5,000がよく、好ましくは400~5,000、更に好ましくは500~3,000程度である。 The saponification degree of the vinyl alcohol polymer can be selected from a range of 80 mol% or more, but is preferably 96 mol% or more, more preferably 99 mol% or more. The degree of polymerization of the vinyl alcohol polymer is preferably from 200 to 5,000, preferably from 400 to 5,000, more preferably from about 500 to 3,000, from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and coatability.
 本実施形態においては、ビニルアルコール系重合体に、更にビニルアルコール系重合体の架橋剤を樹脂組成物の成分として添加することができ、これにより接着層の耐水性を向上させることができる。 In this embodiment, a vinyl alcohol polymer cross-linking agent can be further added as a component of the resin composition to the vinyl alcohol polymer, thereby improving the water resistance of the adhesive layer.
 この目的に使用できる架橋剤としては特に制限なく、公知のいずれの架橋剤も好ましく使用することができる。架橋剤の例としては、フェノール樹脂、メラミン樹脂、尿素樹脂、ポリアミドポリ尿素、ジメチロール尿素、ジメチロールメラミン、多価エポキシ化合物、ジアルデヒド化合物、多価イソシアネート樹脂、アジリジン化合物、ポリアミドアミンエピクロルヒドリン化合物、活性化ビニル化合物、ジカーボネート化合物、ヒドラジノ基含有化合物(他価カルボン酸ポリヒドラジド化合物)、コロイダルシリカ、ジルコニウム塩、多価金属塩、ホウ酸、リン酸、ポリアクリル酸、ジカルボン酸、アジピン酸無水物、コハク酸無水物、テトライソプロピルチタネート、ジイソプロポキシビス(アセチルアセトン)チタネートなどのチタン化合物等を挙げることができ、このほか、3-グリシドプロピルメトキシシラン等のカップリング剤、パーオキサイド等のラジカル発生剤等の使用も可能である。また、架橋反応を促進するための触媒やその他の添加剤を加えることも可能である。 The cross-linking agent that can be used for this purpose is not particularly limited, and any known cross-linking agent can be preferably used. Examples of crosslinking agents include phenolic resin, melamine resin, urea resin, polyamide polyurea, dimethylol urea, dimethylol melamine, polyvalent epoxy compound, dialdehyde compound, polyvalent isocyanate resin, aziridine compound, polyamidoamine epichlorohydrin compound, activity Vinyl compound, dicarbonate compound, hydrazino group-containing compound (other carboxylic acid polyhydrazide compound), colloidal silica, zirconium salt, polyvalent metal salt, boric acid, phosphoric acid, polyacrylic acid, dicarboxylic acid, adipic acid anhydride And titanium compounds such as succinic anhydride, tetraisopropyl titanate, and diisopropoxy bis (acetylacetone) titanate. In addition, coupling agents such as 3-glycidpropylmethoxysilane, The use of such a radical generating agent such as id are possible. It is also possible to add a catalyst and other additives for promoting the crosslinking reaction.
 架橋剤の添加量は、(架橋剤/(ビニルアルコール系重合体+架橋剤))で0.5質量%以上であることが好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましく、2質量%以上が特に好ましい。PVA系重合体と架橋剤の両者に対する架橋剤の質量比率が0.5質量%未満の場合には、架橋剤を添加したことにより効果が発現しない。また、ビニルアルコール系重合体と架橋剤の両者に対する架橋剤の質量比率は50質量%以下であることが好ましく、40質量%以下がより好ましく、30質量%以下が特に好ましい。アルデヒド系化合物などの架橋剤の中には熱により黄色に変色するものもあるため、このような架橋剤についてはその添加量を小さくして変色を許容範囲内に抑制することが必要となる。 The addition amount of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 2% by mass or more in terms of (crosslinking agent / (vinyl alcohol polymer + crosslinking agent)). . In the case where the mass ratio of the crosslinking agent to both the PVA polymer and the crosslinking agent is less than 0.5% by mass, the effect is not exhibited by adding the crosslinking agent. The mass ratio of the crosslinking agent to both the vinyl alcohol polymer and the crosslinking agent is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 30% by mass or less. Since some crosslinking agents such as aldehyde-based compounds turn yellow by heat, it is necessary to reduce the amount of such crosslinking agents to be within an allowable range by reducing the amount of addition.
 ビニルアルコール系重合体を被覆層として用いる場合、厚みは1.0~10μmが好ましく、2~8μmがより好ましく、3~7μmが更に好ましい。厚みが1μm未満であれば、光漏れの改良効果が充分でなく好ましく無い。また、厚みが10μmを超えると、脆性が悪化し、好ましく無い。 When a vinyl alcohol polymer is used as the coating layer, the thickness is preferably 1.0 to 10 μm, more preferably 2 to 8 μm, still more preferably 3 to 7 μm. If the thickness is less than 1 μm, the effect of improving light leakage is not sufficient, which is not preferable. Moreover, when thickness exceeds 10 micrometers, brittleness deteriorates and it is not preferable.
 <塩素含有ビニル単量体から誘導される繰り返し単位を含む重合体を含む樹脂層>
 塩素含有ビニル単量体としては、一般的には、塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデンが挙げられる。塩素含有重合体は、これら塩化ビニル又は塩化ビニリデン単量体に、これらと共重合可能な単量体を共重合することにより得ることができる。
<Resin layer containing a polymer containing a repeating unit derived from a chlorine-containing vinyl monomer>
In general, examples of the chlorine-containing vinyl monomer include vinyl chloride and vinylidene chloride. The chlorine-containing polymer can be obtained by copolymerizing these vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride monomers with a monomer copolymerizable therewith.
 本実施形態における塩素含有重合体としては、特開昭53-58553号公報、特開昭55-43185号公報、特開昭57-139109号公報、特開昭57-139136号公報、特開昭60-235818号公報、特開昭61-108650号公報、特開昭62-256871号公報、特開昭62-280207号公報、特開昭63-256665号公報などに記載のものを用いることができる。 Examples of the chlorine-containing polymer in the present embodiment include JP-A-53-58553, JP-A-55-43185, JP-A-57-139109, JP-A-57-139136, The ones described in JP-A-60-235818, JP-A-61-108650, JP-A-62-256671, JP-A-62-280207, JP-A-63-256665, etc. may be used. it can.
 塩素含有重合体における、塩素含有ビニル単量体の割合は、50~99質量%が好ましく、60~98質量%が更に、好ましく、70~97質量%が最も好ましい。塩素含有ビニル単量体の割合が50質量%以上であれば、透湿性が悪化するなどの不具合が生ずることがなく、また99質量%以下であれば、種々の溶剤への溶解性が得られるので好ましい。 The proportion of the chlorine-containing vinyl monomer in the chlorine-containing polymer is preferably 50 to 99% by mass, more preferably 60 to 98% by mass, and most preferably 70 to 97% by mass. If the ratio of the chlorine-containing vinyl monomer is 50% by mass or more, problems such as deterioration of moisture permeability will not occur, and if it is 99% by mass or less, solubility in various solvents can be obtained. Therefore, it is preferable.
 塩素含有重合体は、旭化成ケミカルズ(株)、呉羽化学(株)から入手できる。旭化成ケミカルズ(株)から入手可能なものとしては以下のものが挙げられる。 Chlorine-containing polymers are available from Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation and Kureha Chemical Corporation. The following are listed as available from Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation.
 すなわち、「サランレジンR241C」、「サランレジンF216」、「サランレジンR204」、「サランラテックスL502」、「サランラテックスL529B」、「サランラテックスL536B」、「サランラテックスL544D」、「サランラテックスL549B」、「サランラテックスL551B」、「サランラテックスL557」、「サランラテックスL561A」、「サランラテックスL116A」、「サランラテックスL411A」、「サランラテックスL120」、「サランラテックスL123D」、「サランラテックスL106C」、「サランラテックスL131A」、「サランラテックスL111」、「サランラテックスL232A」、「サランラテックスL321B」が入手可能である。特にサランレジンF216、及びサランレジンR204は、ケトン類溶媒(メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノンなど)に可溶のため、より好ましく用いられる。 That is, “Saran Resin R241C”, “Saran Resin F216”, “Saran Resin R204”, “Saran Latex L502”, “Saran Latex L529B”, “Saran Latex L536B”, “Saran Latex L544D”, “Saran Latex L549B”, “Saran Latex” "L551B", "Saran Latex L557", "Saran Latex L561A", "Saran Latex L116A", "Saran Latex L411A", "Saran Latex L120", "Saran Latex L123D", "Saran Latex L106C", "Saran Latex L131A" “Saran Latex L111”, “Saran Latex L232A”, and “Saran Latex L321B” are available. In particular, Saran Resin F216 and Saran Resin R204 are more preferably used because they are soluble in ketone solvents (such as methyl ethyl ketone and cyclohexanone).
 塩素含有ビニル単量体から誘導される繰り返し単位を含む重合体を含む樹脂層を被覆層として用いる場合、厚みは0.3~5μmが好ましく、0.5~4μmがより好ましく、0.7~3μmが更に好ましい。被覆層の厚みが0.3μm未満であれば、透湿性が充分に低下しないため、光漏れの改良効果が充分でなく、好ましく無い。また、被覆層の厚みが5μmを超えると、フィルムの黄変等の問題が生じ好ましく無い。 When a resin layer containing a polymer containing a repeating unit derived from a chlorine-containing vinyl monomer is used as the coating layer, the thickness is preferably 0.3 to 5 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 4 μm, and more preferably 0.7 to 3 μm is more preferable. If the thickness of the coating layer is less than 0.3 μm, the moisture permeability is not sufficiently lowered, and thus the effect of improving light leakage is not sufficient, which is not preferable. Moreover, when the thickness of a coating layer exceeds 5 micrometers, problems, such as yellowing of a film, will arise and it is unpreferable.
 本実施形態では、塩素含有重合体が塩化ビニリデンである場合は、テトラヒドロフランを主溶剤に用いることが好ましい。また、塩化ビニリデンの共重合体を選択することで、トルエン、ケトン系溶剤などに溶解可能とし、テトラヒドロフランを用いずに、トルエン、ケトン系溶剤などを用いることは更に好ましく、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノンを用いることが特に好ましい。また、テトラヒドロフランに溶質が溶解する範囲で上記溶媒を添加することも好ましい。テトラヒドラフランを用いる場合は、光安定化の観点から、p-クレゾール、レゾルシン、ヒドロキノン、第一鉄塩などの還元性物質を、塗布液中に0.01~1質量%添加することが好ましい。上記還元性物質は、被覆層の着色防止にも効果があるため、好ましく用いられる。 In this embodiment, when the chlorine-containing polymer is vinylidene chloride, it is preferable to use tetrahydrofuran as the main solvent. In addition, by selecting a copolymer of vinylidene chloride, it is possible to dissolve in toluene, ketone solvents, etc., and it is more preferable to use toluene, ketone solvents, etc. without using tetrahydrofuran, and use methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone. Is particularly preferred. Moreover, it is also preferable to add the said solvent in the range which a solute melt | dissolves in tetrahydrofuran. When tetrahydrafuran is used, it is preferable to add 0.01 to 1% by mass of a reducing substance such as p-cresol, resorcin, hydroquinone, and ferrous salt from the viewpoint of light stabilization. . The reducing substance is preferably used because it is effective in preventing coloring of the coating layer.
 また、塩素含有重合体がラテックス分散物として供給される場合は、主溶剤としては水が好ましく用いられる。ラテックス分散物の場合は、界面活性剤や増粘剤などが併用されることが好ましい。 Further, when the chlorine-containing polymer is supplied as a latex dispersion, water is preferably used as the main solvent. In the case of a latex dispersion, it is preferable to use a surfactant, a thickener or the like in combination.
 塩素含有重合体を含む被覆層を透明基材上に塗布する場合に、耐ブロッキング性の改良のため、サイリシア(富士シリシア製)、ミズカシール(水澤化学工業製)、ニップシール(日本シリカ工業製)などのシリカ粉末を、塩素含有重合体に対して0.2~1.0部添加したり、パラフィンワックス(日本精蝋製)、ベヘニン酸(日本油脂製)、ステアリン酸(日本油脂製)などのワックスエマルジョンを0.2~5.0部添加して用いることも好ましい。また、特開平9-143419号公報の段落[0012]~[0016]に記載の変性ワックスも好ましく用いられる。 Silicia (Fuji Silysia), Mizuka Seal (Mizusawa Chemical Co., Ltd.), Nip Seal (Nihon Silica Kogyo Co., Ltd.), etc. for improving blocking resistance when coating layers containing chlorine-containing polymers are applied on transparent substrates. 0.2 to 1.0 part of silica powder is added to the chlorine-containing polymer, paraffin wax (manufactured by Nippon Seiwa), behenic acid (manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats), stearic acid (manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats), etc. It is also preferable to add 0.2 to 5.0 parts of wax emulsion. Further, modified waxes described in paragraphs [0012] to [0016] of JP-A-9-143419 are also preferably used.
 塩素含有重合体は、熱、光、紫外線によって分解され、着色するため、安定剤として、鉛、亜鉛、バリウムなどのステアリン酸や銀塩類、酸化マグネシウムなどが共に用いられることが好ましい。また、特開2004-359819号公報の段落[0013]~[0020]に記載の酸化防止剤を用いてもよい。 Since the chlorine-containing polymer is decomposed and colored by heat, light, and ultraviolet rays, it is preferable that stearic acid such as lead, zinc, barium, silver salts, magnesium oxide, or the like is used together as a stabilizer. Further, the antioxidants described in paragraphs [0013] to [0020] of JP-A-2004-359819 may be used.
 更に、塩素含有重合体を含む被覆層と透明基材や、他層との密着性を高くするために、コロネートL(日本ポリウレタン製)、タケネートA-3(武田薬品工業)などのイソシアネート系接着剤を塩素含有重合体に対して、0.1~1.0部添加することも好ましい。 In addition, in order to increase the adhesion between the coating layer containing the chlorine-containing polymer and the transparent substrate or other layers, an isocyanate-based adhesive such as Coronate L (manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane) or Takenate A-3 (Takeda Pharmaceutical). It is also preferable to add 0.1 to 1.0 part of the agent with respect to the chlorine-containing polymer.
 <シリカ系塗布膜>
 シリカ系塗布膜は、セルロースアシレート類からなる透明基材の少なくとも片面に設けられる。目的の透湿度を達成し、かつ、保護フィルムとしての実用に耐えるためには、緻密性と柔軟性を両立する必要がある。アルコキシシランに触媒、水を添加して加水分解縮合して作られる加水分解物であるシリカ膜のみでは、柔軟性が不十分である。このため、本実施形態では、アルコキシシランからなる化合物と、水酸基又はアルコキシル基と反応する官能基を有する化合物及び/又はシランカップリング剤を含有する塗布膜が好ましく用いられる。アルコキシシランからなる化合物と、水酸基又はアルコキシル基と反応する官能基を有する化合物と、シランカップリング剤を全て含有するのが特に好ましい。
<Silica-based coating film>
The silica-based coating film is provided on at least one side of a transparent substrate made of cellulose acylates. In order to achieve the desired moisture permeability and withstand practical use as a protective film, it is necessary to achieve both denseness and flexibility. Only a silica film which is a hydrolyzate produced by adding a catalyst and water to alkoxysilane and hydrolytic condensation is insufficient in flexibility. For this reason, in this embodiment, the coating film containing the compound which consists of a compound which consists of alkoxysilane, a functional group which reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group, and / or a silane coupling agent is used preferably. It is particularly preferable to contain all of a compound comprising an alkoxysilane, a compound having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group, and a silane coupling agent.
 (アルコキシシランからなる化合物)
 本実施形態で用いられるアルコキシシランからなる化合物としては、例えば、下記一般式(7)で表される。なお、下記一般式(7)中、Rは水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を示し、Rは水素原子、アルキル基、芳香族基を示し、nは2~4の数を示す。
(Compound consisting of alkoxysilane)
As a compound which consists of alkoxysilane used by this embodiment, it represents with following General formula (7), for example. In the following general formula (7), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group, R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic group, and n represents a number from 2 to 4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 上記一般式(7)において、Rで示されるアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基等を挙げることができ、アシル基としては、アセチル基、プロピオニル基等が挙げられる。この中でも、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基が特に好ましく、最も好ましくはエチル基である。nは2~4であることが好ましく、3~4であることがより好ましく、4であることが更に好ましい。 In the general formula (7), examples of the alkyl group represented by R 1 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group. Examples of the acyl group include an acetyl group and a propionyl group. . Among these, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group are particularly preferable, and an ethyl group is most preferable. n is preferably 2 to 4, more preferably 3 to 4, and still more preferably 4.
 したがって、テトラアルコキシシランが好ましく、テトラメトキシシラン、テトラエトキシシラン、テトラプロポキシシランが特に好ましく、テトラエトキシシランが特に好ましい。nが2及び3の場合、Rで示されるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~18、好ましくは1~5のアルキル基等を挙げることができ、芳香族基としてはフェニル基等が挙げられる。 Accordingly, tetraalkoxysilane is preferable, tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, and tetrapropoxysilane are particularly preferable, and tetraethoxysilane is particularly preferable. When n is 2 or 3, examples of the alkyl group represented by R 2 include an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and examples of the aromatic group include a phenyl group. .
 (水酸基又はアルコキシル基と反応する官能基を有する化合物)
 本実施形態では、水酸基又はアルコキシル基と反応する官能基を有する化合物が用いられる。
(Compound having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group)
In this embodiment, a compound having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group is used.
 水酸基又はアルコキシル基と反応する官能基を有するモノマー、オリゴマー、ポリマーがより好ましく用いられ、水酸基又はアルコキシル基と反応する官能基をもつものであれば、特に制限されることなく用いることができる。 Monomers, oligomers, and polymers having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group are more preferably used, and any monomer having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group can be used without particular limitation.
 例えば、アクリル系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、メラミン系樹脂の中から選ばれる熱硬化性、電離硬化性、又は湿気硬化性の樹脂等が用いられ、水酸基を有するモノマー、オリゴマー、ポリマーがより好ましく、水酸基を有するポリマーが特に好ましく、ビニルアルコール系重合体、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)の単独重合体や、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体(EVOH)が更に好ましく用いられ、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)の単独重合体が特に好ましく用いられる。 For example, a thermosetting, ionizing curable, or moisture curable resin selected from an acrylic resin, a polyester resin, an epoxy resin, a urethane resin, and a melamine resin is used, and a monomer having a hydroxyl group, More preferred are oligomers and polymers, polymers having hydroxyl groups are particularly preferred, vinyl alcohol polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) homopolymers and ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers (EVOH) are more preferably used, A homopolymer of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) is particularly preferably used.
 また、これらのビニルアルコール系重合体の一部がカルボニル基等で変性されたものや、その一部にジアセトンアクリルアミド単位等を含む共重合体などを用いることも可能である。また、各種のビニルアルコール系重合体を単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することもできる。 It is also possible to use a part of these vinyl alcohol polymers modified with a carbonyl group or the like, a copolymer containing a diacetone acrylamide unit or the like in part. Various vinyl alcohol polymers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 水酸基又はアルコキシル基と反応する官能基を有する化合物として好ましく用いられるビニルアルコール系重合体としては、ビニルアルコール系重合体の鹸化度が80モル%以上の範囲から選択できる。上記の鹸化度は、96モル%以上が好ましく、98モル%以上がより好ましい。ビニルアルコール系重合体の重合度は、透湿度、塗布性の点から、200~5,000が好ましく、400~5,000がより好ましく、500~3,000程度が更に好ましい。 The vinyl alcohol polymer preferably used as the compound having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group can be selected from a range in which the saponification degree of the vinyl alcohol polymer is 80 mol% or more. The saponification degree is preferably 96 mol% or more, and more preferably 98 mol% or more. The degree of polymerization of the vinyl alcohol polymer is preferably 200 to 5,000, more preferably 400 to 5,000, and even more preferably about 500 to 3,000, from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and coatability.
 (シランカップリング剤)
 本実施形態では、シランカップリング剤が用いられる。シランカップリング剤としては、末端にアルコキシシランを有する化合物であれば特に制限されないが、同時にビニル基、エポキシ基、アクリル基又はメタクリル基、アミン基、メルカプト基、水酸基、イソシアネート基、カルボキシル基、酸無水物基を有するものがより好ましく、エポキシ基、アミン基、アクリル基又はメタクリル基を有するものが更により好ましい。
(Silane coupling agent)
In this embodiment, a silane coupling agent is used. The silane coupling agent is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having an alkoxysilane at the terminal, but at the same time, vinyl group, epoxy group, acrylic group or methacryl group, amine group, mercapto group, hydroxyl group, isocyanate group, carboxyl group, acid Those having an anhydride group are more preferred, and those having an epoxy group, an amine group, an acrylic group or a methacryl group are even more preferred.
 ビニル基を有するシランカップリング剤としては、ビニルトリクロルシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン、ビニルトリス(β-メトキシエトキシ)シラン等が好ましく用いられる。 As the silane coupling agent having a vinyl group, vinyltrichlorosilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, vinyltris (β-methoxyethoxy) silane and the like are preferably used.
 エポキシ基を有するシランカップリング剤としては、β-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、β-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリエトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン等が好ましく用いられる。 Examples of silane coupling agents having an epoxy group include β- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, β- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltriethoxysilane, and γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane. Γ-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane and the like are preferably used.
 アクリル基、又はメタクリル基を有するシランカップリング剤としては、γ-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、γ-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、γ-メタクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン等が好ましく用いられる。 Examples of the silane coupling agent having an acrylic group or a methacryl group include γ-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, γ-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, and γ-methacryloxypropyltriethoxy. Silane or the like is preferably used.
 アミン基を有するシランカップリング剤としては、N-β(アミノエチル)γ-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、N-β(アミノエチル)γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-β(アミノエチル)γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-フェニル-γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン等が好ましく用いられる。 Examples of the silane coupling agent having an amine group include N-β (aminoethyl) γ-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-β (aminoethyl) γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-β (aminoethyl) γ- Aminopropyltriethoxysilane, γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-phenyl-γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane and the like are preferably used.
 メルカプト基を有するシランカップリング剤としては、γ-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-メルカプトプロピルトリエトキシシラン等が好ましく用いられる。 As the silane coupling agent having a mercapto group, γ-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane and the like are preferably used.
 イソシアネート基を有するシランカップリング剤としては、γ-イソシアネートプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-イソシアネートプロピルトリエトキシシラン等が好ましく用いられる。 As the silane coupling agent having an isocyanate group, γ-isocyanatopropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-isocyanatopropyltriethoxysilane, and the like are preferably used.
 本実施形態において、シランカップリング剤は、水酸基又はアルコキシル基と反応する官能基を有する化合物と同時に用いられる場合があるため、水酸基又はアルコキシル基と反応する官能基を有する化合物と架橋するためにはエポキシ基を有するシランカップリング剤を用いるのが好ましい。 In this embodiment, since a silane coupling agent may be used simultaneously with a compound having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group, in order to crosslink with a compound having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group. It is preferable to use a silane coupling agent having an epoxy group.
 また、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシランからなる化合物と同時に用いられるため、アルコキシシランの脱水重縮合の反応速度を上げるという観点からは、アミン基を有するシランカップリング剤を用いるのが好ましい。 Further, since the silane coupling agent is used at the same time as the compound composed of alkoxysilane, it is preferable to use a silane coupling agent having an amine group from the viewpoint of increasing the reaction rate of dehydration polycondensation of alkoxysilane.
 また、被覆層の上にハードコート性を有する層を設けてもよいが、この場合、ハードコート性を有する層との層間密着を向上させるためには、アクリル基又はメタクリル基を有するシランカップリング剤を用いるのが特に好ましい。 Further, a layer having a hard coat property may be provided on the coating layer. In this case, in order to improve interlayer adhesion with the layer having a hard coat property, a silane coupling having an acrylic group or a methacryl group is provided. It is particularly preferable to use an agent.
 本実施形態で用いることができるシランカップリング剤のもう1つの好ましい態様は、両末端にアルコキシシランを有するシランカップリング剤である。 Another preferred embodiment of the silane coupling agent that can be used in the present embodiment is a silane coupling agent having alkoxysilane at both ends.
 両末端にアルコキシシランを有するシランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシランからなる化合物との架橋ができる点で望ましい。化合物の例としては、特開2000-326448号公報に記載の有機鎖含有両末端官能性シランモノマーなどが好ましく用いられる。 A silane coupling agent having alkoxysilane at both ends is desirable in that it can be crosslinked with a compound comprising alkoxysilane. As an example of the compound, an organic chain-containing both-end functional silane monomer described in JP-A No. 2000-326448 is preferably used.
 本実施形態では、シランカップリング剤の加水分解物、シランカップリング剤の加水分解物の部分縮合物も好ましく用いられる。本実施形態でシランカップリング剤という場合は、シランカップリング剤の加水分解物、シランカップリング剤の加水分解物の部分縮合物を含むこととする。 In this embodiment, a hydrolyzate of a silane coupling agent and a partial condensate of a hydrolyzate of a silane coupling agent are also preferably used. In the present embodiment, the silane coupling agent includes a hydrolyzate of the silane coupling agent and a partial condensate of the hydrolyzate of the silane coupling agent.
 エポキシ基、アミン基、アクリル基、又はメタクリル基を有するシランカップリング剤は、それぞれ単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上を併用することがより好ましく、3種を併用することが特に好ましい。反応速度を上げるための重縮合触媒として有機溶媒に可溶な第3アミンなどを用い、エポキシ基を有するシランカップリング剤と、アクリル基又はメタクリル基を有するシランカップリング剤の2種を同時に用いるのが更に好ましい。 The silane coupling agent having an epoxy group, an amine group, an acrylic group, or a methacryl group may be used alone, but it is more preferable to use two or more types in combination, and it is particularly preferable to use three types in combination. A tertiary amine soluble in an organic solvent is used as a polycondensation catalyst for increasing the reaction rate, and two types of silane coupling agent having an epoxy group and a silane coupling agent having an acrylic group or a methacryl group are simultaneously used. Is more preferable.
 アルコキシシランからなる化合物と、水酸基又はアルコキシル基と反応する官能基を有する化合物と、シランカップリング剤の含有率を、それぞれa質量%、b質量%、c質量%としたとき(この場合、アルコキシシランからなる化合物の含有率は、理想的に縮合した場合の重縮合後の計算値より算出する)、アルコキシシランからなる化合物と、水酸基又はアルコキシル基と反応する官能基を有する化合物の2種を用いる場合は、a/bは10/90~90/10が好ましく、20/80~80/20がより好ましく、40/60~80/20が特に好ましい。アルコキシシランからなる化合物と、シランカップリング剤の2種を用いる場合は、a/cは40/60~95/5が好ましく、50/50~90/10がより好ましい。 When the content rate of the compound which consists of an alkoxysilane, the compound which has a functional group which reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group, and a silane coupling agent is a mass%, b mass%, and c mass%, respectively (in this case, alkoxy The content of the compound composed of silane is calculated from the calculated value after polycondensation when ideally condensed), a compound composed of alkoxysilane, and a compound having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group. When used, a / b is preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 80/20, and particularly preferably 40/60 to 80/20. In the case of using a compound comprising an alkoxysilane and a silane coupling agent, a / c is preferably 40/60 to 95/5, and more preferably 50/50 to 90/10.
 アルコキシシランからなる化合物と、水酸基又はアルコキシル基と反応する官能基を有する化合物と、シランカップリング剤の3種類を同時に用いる場合、a/(b+c)は、10/90~90/10が好ましく、20/80~80/20がより好ましく、40/60~80/20が特に好ましい。その場合のb/cは、10/90~90/10が好ましく、20/80~80/20がより好ましく、40/60~80/20が更に好ましい。 In the case of simultaneously using a compound comprising an alkoxysilane, a compound having a functional group that reacts with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group, and a silane coupling agent, a / (b + c) is preferably 10/90 to 90/10, 20/80 to 80/20 is more preferable, and 40/60 to 80/20 is particularly preferable. In this case, b / c is preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 80/20, and still more preferably 40/60 to 80/20.
 (その他の成分)
 本実施形態では、上記の如くアルコキシシランからなる化合物の重縮合反応を進めるために、触媒、水が用いられる。
(Other ingredients)
In this embodiment, a catalyst and water are used in order to advance the polycondensation reaction of the compound consisting of alkoxysilane as described above.
 硬化触媒としては、塩酸、硝酸、酢酸、シュウ酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸等の酸、有機溶媒に可溶なN,N-ジメチルベンジルアミン、トリプロピルアミン、トリブチルアミン、トリペンチルアミンなどの第3アミン、有機金属、金属アルコキシド等が用いられる。 Examples of the curing catalyst include acids such as hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, and fumaric acid, and N, N-dimethylbenzylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, and tripentylamine that are soluble in organic solvents. Triamines, organic metals, metal alkoxides and the like are used.
 添加量は、アルコキシシランからなる化合物100質量部に対して、1~10質量%が好ましく、1~5質量部が更に好ましい。 The addition amount is preferably 1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the compound comprising alkoxysilane.
 また、水添加については、部分加水分解物が理論上100%加水分解し得る量以上の量が好ましく、110~300%相当量がより好ましく。120~200%相当量を添加するのが更に好ましい。 In addition, with respect to the addition of water, an amount that is at least the amount by which the partial hydrolyzate can theoretically be hydrolyzed by 100% is preferable, and an amount equivalent to 110 to 300% is more preferable. More preferably, an amount corresponding to 120 to 200% is added.
 (塗布溶媒)
 本実施形態の被覆層としてのシリカ系塗布膜を形成するための塗布組成物の溶媒としては、水、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブタノール、イソブタノール、オクタノールを1種又は2種以上混合して使用するのが好ましい。溶媒量は固形分濃度が15~60質量%になるように調整するのが好ましい。
(Coating solvent)
As the solvent of the coating composition for forming the silica-based coating film as the coating layer of this embodiment, one or two of water, methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butanol, isobutanol, and octanol are used. It is preferable to use a mixture of the above. The amount of the solvent is preferably adjusted so that the solid concentration is 15 to 60% by mass.
 <ポリシラザンを含有する塗布組成物から形成されたシリカを主成分とする塗布膜>
 本実施形態の被覆層としてのシリカ系の塗布膜のもう1つの好ましい素材としては、ポリシラザンを含有する塗布組成物の硬化物が挙げられる。用いられるポリシラザンとしては、特開平11-240103に記載の段落〔0097〕~〔0104〕に記載されたポリシラザンが好ましい。ポリシラザン単体で用いることも可能であるが、前述のアルコキシシランからなる化合物の代りに用いることも可能である。
<Coating film mainly composed of silica formed from a coating composition containing polysilazane>
Another preferred material of the silica-based coating film as the coating layer of the present embodiment includes a cured product of a coating composition containing polysilazane. The polysilazane used is preferably the polysilazane described in paragraphs [0097] to [0104] described in JP-A No. 11-240103. Although it is possible to use polysilazane alone, it is also possible to use it in place of the aforementioned compound comprising alkoxysilane.
 〔偏光子〕
 前記偏光子は、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)と二色性分子から構成することが好ましいが、特開平11-248937号公報に記載されているように、PVAやポリ塩化ビニルを脱水、及び脱塩素することによりポリエン構造を生成し、これを配向させたポリビニレン系偏光子を使用してもよい。
[Polarizer]
The polarizer is preferably composed of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and a dichroic molecule. However, as described in JP-A-11-248937, PVA and polyvinyl chloride are dehydrated and dechlorinated. Thus, a polyvinylene polarizer in which a polyene structure is generated and oriented may be used.
 PVAは、ポリ酢酸ビニルを鹸化したポリマー素材であるが、例えば不飽和カルボン酸、不飽和スルホン酸、オレフィン類、ビニルエーテル類のような酢酸ビニルと共重合可能な成分を含有してもよい。また、アセトアセチル基、スルホン酸基、カルボキシル基、オキシアルキレン基等を含有する変性PVAを用いてもよい。 PVA is a polymer material obtained by saponifying polyvinyl acetate, but may contain a component copolymerizable with vinyl acetate such as unsaturated carboxylic acid, unsaturated sulfonic acid, olefins and vinyl ethers. Further, modified PVA containing an acetoacetyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxyl group, an oxyalkylene group, or the like may be used.
 PVAの鹸化度としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、溶解性等の観点から、80~100mol%が好ましく、90~100mol%がより好ましい。 The degree of saponification of PVA is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose. For example, from the viewpoint of solubility and the like, it is preferably 80 to 100 mol%, more preferably 90 to 100 mol%.
 また、PVAの重合度としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、1,000~10,000が好ましく、1,500~5,000がより好ましい。 The polymerization degree of PVA is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose. For example, 1,000 to 10,000 is preferable, and 1,500 to 5,000 is more preferable.
 PVAのシンジオタクティシティーとしては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、特許第2978219号公報に記載されているように、耐久性を改良するため55%以上が好ましいが、特許第3317494号公報に記載されているように、45~52.5%も好ましく用いることができる。PVAは、フィルム化した後、二色性分子を導入して偏光子を構成することが好ましい。 The syndiotacticity of PVA is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, as described in Japanese Patent No. 2978219, 55% or more is required to improve durability. However, as described in Japanese Patent No. 3317494, 45 to 52.5% can be preferably used. PVA is preferably formed into a film and then a dichroic molecule is introduced to form a polarizer.
 PVAフィルムの製造方法としては、PVA系樹脂を水又は有機溶媒に溶解した原液を流延して、単体で成膜する方法が一般に好ましく用いられる。原液中のポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の濃度は、通常5~20質量%であり、この原液を流延法により製膜することによって、膜厚10~200μmのPVAフィルムを製造できる。また、基材フィルム上に塗布し、積層体として製膜する方法でも製造することができ、膜厚1~20μmのより薄膜なPVAフィルムを製膜することができる。 As a method for producing a PVA film, a method of casting a stock solution obtained by dissolving a PVA resin in water or an organic solvent and forming a single film is generally preferably used. The concentration of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin in the stock solution is usually 5 to 20% by mass, and a PVA film having a film thickness of 10 to 200 μm can be produced by forming this stock solution by casting. It can also be produced by a method of coating on a base film and forming a laminate, and a thinner PVA film having a thickness of 1 to 20 μm can be formed.
 PVAフィルムの製造は、特許第3342516号公報、特開平09-328593号公報、特開2001-302817号公報、及び特開2002-144401号公報、特許第4279944号公報、特開2009-98653号公報等に記載の製造方法を参考にして行うことができる。 The production of the PVA film is disclosed in Japanese Patent No. 3342516, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 09-328593, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-302817, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-144401, Japanese Patent No. 4279944, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-98653. It can carry out with reference to the production method described in the above.
 PVAフィルムの延伸前のフィルム膜厚としては、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、フィルム保持の安定性、延伸の均質性の観点から、1μm~1mmが好ましく、20~200μmがより好ましい。 The film thickness before stretching of the PVA film can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. For example, from the viewpoint of film holding stability and stretching uniformity, 1 μm to 1 mm is preferable, and 20 to 200 μm is more preferable. preferable.
 また、特開2002-236212号公報に記載されているように、水中において4倍から6倍の延伸を行った時に発生する応力が10N以下となるような薄いPVAフィルムを使用してもよい。 Further, as described in JP-A-2002-236212, a thin PVA film may be used in which the stress generated when stretching 4 to 6 times in water is 10 N or less.
 二色性分子としては、I やI などの高次のヨウ素イオン、もしくは二色性染料が好ましく使用される。その中でも、本実施形態では、高次のヨウ素イオンが特に好ましく使用される。高次のヨウ素イオンは、「偏光板の応用」永田良編、CMC出版や、工業材料、第28巻、第7号、p39~p45に記載されているように、ヨウ素をヨウ化カリウム水溶液に溶解した液及び/もしくはホウ酸水溶液にPVAを浸漬し、PVAに吸着・配向した状態で生成することができる。 The dichroic molecule, I 3 - and I 5 - higher iodine ion such as, or a dichroic dye is preferably used. Among these, higher-order iodine ions are particularly preferably used in the present embodiment. Higher-order iodine ions can be obtained by converting iodine into an aqueous potassium iodide solution as described in “Application of Polarizing Plate” by Nagata Ryo, CMC Publishing, Industrial Materials, Vol. 28, No. 7, p39-p45. PVA can be immersed in the dissolved liquid and / or boric acid aqueous solution, and can be produced in a state of being adsorbed and oriented in PVA.
 二色性分子として二色性染料を用いる場合は、アゾ系色素が好ましく、その中でも、ビスアゾ系とトリスアゾ系色素がより好ましい。二色性染料は、水溶性のものが好ましく、このため二色性分子にスルホン酸基、アミノ基、水酸基などの親水性置換基が導入され、遊離酸、あるいはアルカリ金属塩、アンモニウム塩、アミン類の塩として好ましく用いられる。 When a dichroic dye is used as the dichroic molecule, an azo dye is preferable, and among them, a bisazo dye and a trisazo dye are more preferable. The dichroic dye is preferably a water-soluble dye. For this reason, a hydrophilic substituent such as a sulfonic acid group, an amino group, or a hydroxyl group is introduced into the dichroic molecule, and a free acid, an alkali metal salt, an ammonium salt, or an amine is introduced. It is preferably used as a salt.
 ここで、各種の色相を有する二色性分子を製造するため、これらの二色性染料は2種以上を配合してもよい。二色性染料を用いる場合、特開2002-082222号公報に記載されているように、吸着厚みが4μm以上であってもよい。 Here, in order to produce dichroic molecules having various hues, two or more of these dichroic dyes may be blended. When a dichroic dye is used, the adsorption thickness may be 4 μm or more as described in JP-A No. 2002-082222.
 フィルム中の該二色性分子の含有量は、少なすぎると偏光度が低く、また、多すぎても単板透過率が低下することから、通常、フィルムのマトリックスを構成するポリビニルアルコール系重合体に対して、0.01質量%から5質量%の範囲に調整される。 If the content of the dichroic molecule in the film is too small, the degree of polarization is low, and if it is too large, the single-plate transmittance is lowered, so that usually a polyvinyl alcohol polymer constituting the matrix of the film Is adjusted to a range of 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass.
 偏光子の好ましい膜厚としては、15μm以下であることが好ましく、3μm以上10μm以下であることがさらに好ましい。また、特開2002-174727号公報に記載されているように、偏光子の厚さ(A)と、保護フィルムの厚さ(B)との比(A/B)を、0.01≦A/B≦0.8の範囲とすることも好ましい。 The preferable film thickness of the polarizer is preferably 15 μm or less, more preferably 3 μm or more and 10 μm or less. Further, as described in JP-A-2002-174727, the ratio (A / B) between the thickness (A) of the polarizer and the thickness (B) of the protective film is set to 0.01 ≦ A /B≦0.8 is also preferable.
 〔偏光板〕
 本実施形態の偏光板は、PVAからなる偏光子と、セルロースエステルからなる透明基材および被覆層を含む保護フィルムとを有している。本実施形態の偏光板は、一般的な方法で作製することができる。つまり、本実施形態のセルロースエステルフィルムの偏光子側と、沃素溶液中に浸漬延伸して作製した偏光子の少なくとも一方の面とを、接着剤を用いて貼り合わせることができる。接着剤としては、市販のけん化型ポリビニルアルコール水溶液や、光硬化性接着剤を用いることができ、フィルムによって使い分けることができる。例えば、透明基材が本実施形態のようにセルロースエステルフィルムの場合は、保護フィルム、偏光子をアルカリ処理し、けん化型ポリビニルアルコール水溶液でこれらを貼合することができる。透明基材がアクリル系、ポリエステル系フィルムなどの場合は、光硬化性接着剤を用いて保護フィルムと偏光子とを貼合することができる。
〔Polarizer〕
The polarizing plate of this embodiment has the polarizer which consists of PVA, and the protective film containing the transparent base material and coating layer which consist of a cellulose ester. The polarizing plate of this embodiment can be produced by a general method. That is, the polarizer side of the cellulose ester film of this embodiment and at least one surface of a polarizer produced by immersion and stretching in an iodine solution can be bonded together using an adhesive. As an adhesive agent, a commercially available saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution or a photocurable adhesive agent can be used, and can be properly used depending on the film. For example, when a transparent base material is a cellulose ester film like this embodiment, a protective film and a polarizer can be alkali-treated and these can be bonded by saponification type polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution. When the transparent substrate is an acrylic or polyester film, a protective film and a polarizer can be bonded using a photocurable adhesive.
 本実施形態の偏光板において、偏光子に対して視認側のセルロースエステルフィルム(透明基材)とは反対側に、従来の偏光板保護フィルムや光学フィルムが貼合されていてもよいし、貼合されていなくてもよい。すなわち、本実施形態の偏光板は、セルロースエステルフィルムと偏光子のみの構成であってもよく、様々な構成を採用することができる。特に、セルロースエステルフィルムが偏光子の両側に貼合されていることが好ましい。 In the polarizing plate of the present embodiment, a conventional polarizing plate protective film or an optical film may be bonded to the opposite side of the cellulose ester film (transparent substrate) on the viewing side with respect to the polarizer. It does not have to be combined. That is, the polarizing plate of the present embodiment may have only a cellulose ester film and a polarizer, and various configurations can be employed. In particular, it is preferable that the cellulose ester film is bonded to both sides of the polarizer.
 〔表示装置〕
 本実施形態の表示装置は、被覆層およびセルロースエステルフィルムを有する保護フィルムと、膜厚15μm以下の偏光子とを含む偏光板を、液晶セルに対して視認側に配置することで構成される。これにより、偏光子が薄膜の構成であっても、高温高湿環境下での偏光子劣化を抑制して、表示ムラを抑制することができる。
[Display device]
The display apparatus of this embodiment is comprised by arrange | positioning the polarizing plate containing the protective film which has a coating layer and a cellulose-ester film, and a polarizer with a film thickness of 15 micrometers or less on the visual recognition side with respect to a liquid crystal cell. Thereby, even if a polarizer is a structure of a thin film, a polarizer deterioration in a high temperature, high humidity environment can be suppressed, and a display nonuniformity can be suppressed.
 本実施形態の偏光板は、STN、TN、OCB、HAN、VA(MVA、PVA)、IPS、OCBなどの各種駆動方式の液晶表示装置のほか、有機EL表示装置やプラズマディスプレイ等の他の表示装置にも用いることができる。 The polarizing plate of the present embodiment is not only a liquid crystal display device of various driving methods such as STN, TN, OCB, HAN, VA (MVA, PVA), IPS, OCB, but also other displays such as an organic EL display device and a plasma display. It can also be used for devices.
 〔実施例〕
 以下、実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、実施例において「部」あるいは「%」の表示を用いるが、特に断りがない限り「質量部」あるいは「質量%」を表す。
〔Example〕
EXAMPLES Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, although the display of "part" or "%" is used in an Example, unless otherwise indicated, "part by mass" or "mass%" is represented.
 <保護フィルムF1の作製>
 (基材用組成液a-1の作製)
 下記の組成物をミキシングタンクに投入し、攪拌して各成分を溶解し、基材用組成液a-1を調製した。
 セルロースアセテート(アセチル置換度2.87)  100.0質量部
 ポリエステル系化合物(PE-1)           8.0質量部
 偏光子耐久性改良剤(A-6)             5.0質量部
 紫外線吸収剤A                    2.0質量部
 メチレンクロライド(第1溶媒)          300.0質量部
 メタノール(第2溶媒)               75.0質量部
 n-ブタノール(第3溶媒)              4.0質量部
<Preparation of protective film F1>
(Preparation of composition liquid a-1 for substrate)
The following composition was placed in a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component to prepare a substrate composition liquid a-1.
Cellulose acetate (acetyl substitution degree 2.87) 100.0 parts by mass Polyester compound (PE-1) 8.0 parts by mass Polarizer durability improver (A-6) 5.0 parts by mass UV absorber A 0 parts by mass Methylene chloride (first solvent) 300.0 parts by mass Methanol (second solvent) 75.0 parts by mass n-butanol (third solvent) 4.0 parts by mass
 なお、上記のポリエステル系化合物(PE-1)は、エタンジオール/フタル酸(1/1(モル比))の縮合物の両末端が酢酸エステル体のものであり、その数平均分子量Mnは1000である。 The polyester-based compound (PE-1) has an ethanediol / phthalic acid (1/1 (molar ratio)) condensate at both ends with an acetate ester, and its number average molecular weight Mn is 1000 It is.
 また、上記の紫外線吸収剤Aは、以下の化学構造式で示されるものである。 Further, the ultraviolet absorber A is represented by the following chemical structural formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 (被覆層用組成液b-1の作製)
 下記の組成物をミキシングタンクに投入し、攪拌して各成分を溶解し、被覆層用組成液b-1を調製した。
 セルロースアセテート(アセチル置換度2.87)  100.0質量部
 前記ポリエステル系化合物(PE-1)         8.0質量部
 偏光子耐久性改良剤(A-6)             5.0質量部
 合成スメクタイト(ルーセンタイトSTN、コープケミカル(株)製)
                           66.0質量部
 メチレンクロライド(第1溶媒)          621.0質量部
 メタノール(第2溶媒)               90.0質量部
 n-ブタノール(第3溶媒)              5.0質量部
(Preparation of composition liquid b-1 for coating layer)
The following composition was charged into a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component to prepare a coating layer composition liquid b-1.
Cellulose acetate (acetyl substitution degree 2.87) 100.0 parts by mass The polyester-based compound (PE-1) 8.0 parts by mass Polarizer durability improver (A-6) 5.0 parts by mass Synthetic smectite (Lucentite) STN, manufactured by Coop Chemical Co., Ltd.)
66.0 parts by mass Methylene chloride (first solvent) 621.0 parts by mass Methanol (second solvent) 90.0 parts by mass n-butanol (third solvent) 5.0 parts by mass
 (流延)
 ドラム流延装置を用い、前記調製した基材用組成液a-1と、被覆層用組成液b-1とを2層同時にステンレス製の流延支持体(支持体温度-9℃)に流延口から均一に流延した。各層の溶液中の残留溶媒量が略70質量%の状態で剥ぎ取り、フィルムの幅方向の両端をピンテンターで固定し、残留溶媒量が3~5質量%の状態で、横方向に1.28倍延伸しつつ乾燥した。その後、熱処理装置のロール間を搬送することにより、さらに乾燥し、基材a-1上に被覆層b-1を積層した積層フィルムを得た。得られた積層フィルムの厚みは25μm(基材a-1の厚みが20μm、被覆層b-1の厚みが5μm)、幅は1480mmであった。
(Casting)
Using a drum casting apparatus, two layers of the prepared substrate composition liquid a-1 and coating layer composition liquid b-1 were simultaneously poured onto a stainless steel casting support (support temperature -9 ° C.). Cast uniformly from the slot. Stripped in a state where the amount of residual solvent in the solution of each layer is approximately 70% by mass, fixed both ends in the width direction of the film with a pin tenter, and 1.28 in the lateral direction when the amount of residual solvent was 3-5% by mass. The film was dried while being stretched twice. Thereafter, the film was further dried by conveying between rolls of a heat treatment apparatus to obtain a laminated film in which the coating layer b-1 was laminated on the base material a-1. The thickness of the obtained laminated film was 25 μm (the thickness of the base material a-1 was 20 μm, the thickness of the coating layer b-1 was 5 μm), and the width was 1480 mm.
 (被覆層用組成液b-2の作製)
 NKエステルA-TMM-3L(新中村化学工業(株)製)を100質量部、KF-351A(ポリエーテル変性シリコーンオイル、信越化学工業株式会社製)を1質量部、BYK-UV3505(ビックケミージャパン株式会社製)を2質量部、V-8804(シリカ微粒子分散液、日揮触媒化成株式会社製)を220質量部、イルガキュア184(BASFジャパン(株)製)を12質量部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルを20質量部、ノルマルプロパノールを240質量部混合して30分程撹拌し、被覆層用組成液b-2を作製した。
(Preparation of composition liquid b-2 for coating layer)
100 parts by mass of NK Ester A-TMM-3L (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1 part by mass of KF-351A (polyether-modified silicone oil, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), BYK-UV3505 (Bic Chemie) 2 parts by mass of Japan Co., Ltd., 220 parts by mass of V-8804 (silica fine particle dispersion, manufactured by JGC Catalysts & Chemicals Co., Ltd.), 12 parts by mass of Irgacure 184 (manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.), propylene glycol monomethyl ether 20 parts by mass and 240 parts by mass of normal propanol were mixed and stirred for about 30 minutes to prepare a coating layer composition liquid b-2.
 (保護フィルムF1の作製)
 上記で作製した積層フィルム上に、被覆層用組成液b-2をドライ膜厚が5μmとなるように押し出しコーターを用いて塗布し、恒率乾燥区間温度50℃、減率乾燥区間温度50℃で乾燥の後、酸素濃度が1.0体積%以下の雰囲気になるように窒素パージしながら、紫外線ランプを用い、照射部の照度が100mW/cmで、照射量を0.2J/cmとして塗布層を硬化させて被覆層b-2を形成し、保護フィルムF1を得た。すなわち、保護フィルムF1は、基材a-1上に、被覆層b-1および被覆層b-2をこの順で積層した構成であり、全体の膜厚は30μmである。
(Preparation of protective film F1)
On the laminated film produced above, the coating layer composition liquid b-2 was applied using an extrusion coater so that the dry film thickness was 5 μm, and the constant rate drying zone temperature was 50 ° C., the decreasing rate drying zone temperature was 50 ° C. After drying with an ultraviolet lamp using an ultraviolet lamp while purging with nitrogen so that the atmosphere has an oxygen concentration of 1.0% by volume or less, the illuminance of the irradiated part is 100 mW / cm 2 , and the irradiation dose is 0.2 J / cm 2. The coating layer was cured to form a coating layer b-2, and a protective film F1 was obtained. That is, the protective film F1 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-1 and the coating layer b-2 are laminated in this order on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is 30 μm.
 <保護フィルムF2の作製>
 (被覆層用組成液b-3の作製)
 水70質量部と水中高圧分散済ルーセンタイトSTN(固形分比8質量%、コープケミカル製)5質量部を混合し、ビニルアルコール系重合体HR-3010((株)クラレ製)3質量部を添加後、95℃で2時間攪拌した。その後、得られた組成液を孔径100μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターでろ過し、被覆層用組成液b-3を得た。
<Preparation of protective film F2>
(Preparation of composition liquid b-3 for coating layer)
70 parts by mass of water and 5 parts by mass of Lucentite STN (solid content ratio 8% by mass, manufactured by Co-op Chemical) in water are mixed, and 3 parts by mass of vinyl alcohol polymer HR-3010 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) is mixed. After the addition, the mixture was stirred at 95 ° C. for 2 hours. Thereafter, the obtained composition liquid was filtered through a polypropylene filter having a pore diameter of 100 μm to obtain a coating layer composition liquid b-3.
 (保護フィルムF2の作製)
 上記ドラム流延装置を用い、基材用組成液a-1のみを流延支持体に流延して、延伸、乾燥させ、膜厚20μmの基材a-1を作製した。その後、基材a-1の被覆層を設ける側に対して、1mol/Lのアルカリ溶液を用いて、50℃で鹸化処理を施した。次に、基材a-1の鹸化処理面上に、乾燥後の膜厚が5μmになるように被覆層用組成液b-3を搬送速度30m/分の条件で塗布し、100℃5分間乾燥して、被覆層b-3を形成した。その後、保護フィルムF1の作製のときと同様の方法で、被覆層b-3上に被覆層用組成液b-2を塗布し、硬化させて、ドライ膜厚5μmの被覆層b-2を形成し、保護フィルムF2を得た。すなわち、保護フィルムF2は、基材a-1上に、被覆層b-3および被覆層b-2をこの順で積層した構成であり、全体の膜厚は30μmである。
(Preparation of protective film F2)
Using the drum casting apparatus, only the base material composition liquid a-1 was cast on a casting support, and stretched and dried to prepare a base material a-1 having a thickness of 20 μm. Thereafter, saponification treatment was performed at 50 ° C. using a 1 mol / L alkaline solution on the side of the base material a-1 on which the coating layer was provided. Next, the coating layer composition liquid b-3 was applied onto the saponification surface of the substrate a-1 so that the film thickness after drying was 5 μm at a conveying speed of 30 m / min, and 100 ° C. for 5 minutes. The coating layer b-3 was formed by drying. Thereafter, the coating layer composition liquid b-2 is applied onto the coating layer b-3 and cured in the same manner as in the production of the protective film F1, thereby forming a coating layer b-2 having a dry film thickness of 5 μm. Thus, a protective film F2 was obtained. That is, the protective film F2 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-3 and the coating layer b-2 are laminated in this order on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is 30 μm.
 <保護フィルムF3の作製>
 (被覆層用組成液b-4の作製)
 UA-306H(共栄社(株)製、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー:ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート=70:30)を100質量部、ルーセンタイトSTNを5質量部、イルガキュア184(チバジャパン(株)製)を5質量部、メチルエチルケトンを50質量部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルを50質量部混合して30分程撹拌し、被覆層用組成液b-4を作製した。
<Preparation of protective film F3>
(Preparation of composition liquid b-4 for coating layer)
100 parts by weight of UA-306H (Kyoeisha Co., Ltd., pentaerythritol triacrylate hexamethylene diisocyanate urethane prepolymer: pentaerythritol tetraacrylate = 70: 30), 5 parts by weight of Lucentite STN, Irgacure 184 (Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 5 parts by mass), 50 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone and 50 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether were mixed and stirred for about 30 minutes to prepare a coating layer composition b-4.
 (保護フィルムF3の作製)
 上記ドラム流延装置を用い、基材用組成液a-1のみを流延支持体に流延して、延伸、乾燥させ、膜厚20μmの基材a-1を作製した。その後、上述した被覆層b-2の形成と同様の方法で、基材a-1上に被覆層用組成液b-4を塗布し、硬化させて、ドライ膜厚5μmの被覆層b-4を形成し、保護フィルムF3を得た。すなわち、保護フィルムF3は、基材a-1上に被覆層b-4を積層した構成であり、全体の膜厚は25μmである。
(Preparation of protective film F3)
Using the drum casting apparatus, only the base material composition liquid a-1 was cast on a casting support, and stretched and dried to prepare a base material a-1 having a thickness of 20 μm. Thereafter, the coating layer composition liquid b-4 is applied onto the substrate a-1 and cured by the same method as the formation of the coating layer b-2 described above, and the coating layer b-4 having a dry film thickness of 5 μm is cured. And a protective film F3 was obtained. That is, the protective film F3 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-4 is laminated on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is 25 μm.
 <保護フィルムF4の作製>
 保護フィルムF1の作製において、被覆層用組成液b-2の代わりに被覆層用組成液b-4を用いて被覆層b-4を形成した以外は、保護フィルムF1の作製と同様の方法で保護フィルムF4を作製した。すなわち、保護フィルムF4は、基材a-1上に、被覆層b-1および被覆層b-4をこの順で積層した構成であり、全体の膜厚は30μmである。
<Preparation of protective film F4>
The protective film F1 was produced in the same manner as the protective film F1, except that the coating layer b-4 was formed using the coating layer composition liquid b-4 instead of the coating layer composition liquid b-2. A protective film F4 was produced. That is, the protective film F4 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-1 and the coating layer b-4 are laminated in this order on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is 30 μm.
 <保護フィルムF5の作製>
 (被覆層用組成液b-5の作製)
 UA-306H(共栄社(株)製、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー:ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート=70:30)を100質量部、AVライト3PC(旭有機材工業(株)製、2,6-ビス[(2-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニル)メチル]-4-メチルフェノール))を15質量部、イルガキュア184(チバジャパン(株)製)を5質量部、メチルエチルケトンを50質量部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルを50質量部混合して30分程撹拌し、被覆層用組成液b-5を作製した。
<Preparation of protective film F5>
(Preparation of coating layer composition liquid b-5)
100 parts by weight of UA-306H (Kyoeisha Co., Ltd., pentaerythritol triacrylate hexamethylene diisocyanate urethane prepolymer: pentaerythritol tetraacrylate = 70: 30), AV Light 3PC (Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd., 2, 15 parts by mass of 6-bis [(2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) methyl] -4-methylphenol), 5 parts by mass of Irgacure 184 (manufactured by Ciba Japan), 50 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone, propylene 50 parts by mass of glycol monomethyl ether was mixed and stirred for about 30 minutes to prepare a coating layer composition liquid b-5.
 (保護フィルムF5の作製)
 保護フィルムF1の作製において、被覆層用組成液b-2の代わりに被覆層用組成液b-5を用いて被覆層b-5を形成した以外は、保護フィルムF1の作製と同様の方法で保護フィルムF5を作製した。すなわち、保護フィルムF5は、基材a-1上に、被覆層b-1および被覆層b-5をこの順で積層した構成であり、全体の膜厚は30μmである。
(Preparation of protective film F5)
The protective film F1 was produced in the same manner as the protective film F1, except that the coating layer b-5 was formed using the coating layer composition liquid b-5 instead of the coating layer composition liquid b-2. A protective film F5 was produced. That is, the protective film F5 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-1 and the coating layer b-5 are laminated in this order on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is 30 μm.
 <保護フィルムF6の作製>
 (被覆層用組成液b-6の作製)
 ポリシラザン溶液であるAZエレクトロニックマテリアルズ株式会社製のペルヒドロポリシラザン溶液(NP110-20、固形分20%)を15質量部、メタクリル酸メチルポリマーである三菱レイヨン株式会社製のBR-80を1質量部混合して30分撹拌し、被覆層用組成液b-6を調整した。
<Preparation of protective film F6>
(Preparation of composition liquid b-6 for coating layer)
15 parts by mass of perhydropolysilazane solution (NP110-20, solid content 20%) manufactured by AZ Electronic Materials Co., Ltd., which is a polysilazane solution, and 1 part by mass of BR-80 manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., which is a methyl methacrylate polymer After mixing and stirring for 30 minutes, composition liquid b-6 for coating layer was prepared.
 (保護フィルムF6の作製)
 上記ドラム流延装置を用い、基材用組成液a-1のみを流延支持体に流延して、延伸、乾燥させ、膜厚20μmの基材a-1を作製した。その後、被覆層用組成液b-6を、押し出しコーターを用いて基材a-1上に塗布し、温度80℃で1時間乾燥した後、温度60℃、湿度60%の環境下で1時間湿度処理(湿度処理工程)を行って、ドライ膜厚5μmの被覆層b-6を形成し、保護フィルムF6を作製した。すなわち、保護フィルムF6は、基材a-1上に被覆層b-6を積層した構成であり、全体の膜厚は25μmである。
(Preparation of protective film F6)
Using the drum casting apparatus, only the base material composition liquid a-1 was cast on a casting support, and stretched and dried to prepare a base material a-1 having a thickness of 20 μm. Thereafter, the coating layer composition b-6 was applied onto the substrate a-1 using an extrusion coater, dried at a temperature of 80 ° C. for 1 hour, and then at a temperature of 60 ° C. and a humidity of 60% for 1 hour. Humidity treatment (humidity treatment step) was performed to form a coating layer b-6 with a dry film thickness of 5 μm, and a protective film F6 was produced. That is, the protective film F6 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-6 is laminated on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is 25 μm.
 <保護フィルムF7の作製>
 (下塗り層用塗布液の作製、塗布)
 スチレンブタジエンラテックス(固形分43%)を6質量部、2,4-ジクロロ-6-ヒドロキシ-s-トリアジンナトリウム塩(8%)を1質量部、水を32質量部撹拌して各成分を溶解し、下塗り層用塗布液を調液した。
<Preparation of protective film F7>
(Preparation and application of coating solution for undercoat layer)
6 parts by mass of styrene butadiene latex (solid content 43%), 1 part by mass of 2,4-dichloro-6-hydroxy-s-triazine sodium salt (8%), and 32 parts by mass of water are stirred to dissolve each component. The undercoat layer coating solution was prepared.
 上記ドラム流延装置を用い、基材用組成液a-1のみを流延支持体に流延して、延伸、乾燥させ、膜厚20μmの基材a-1を作製した。その後、基材a-1をロール形態で巻き出して、一方の面(被覆層との接着界面となる面)に、上記の下塗り層用塗布液を乾燥膜厚が90nmとなるように塗布した。 Using the drum casting apparatus, only the base material composition liquid a-1 was cast on a casting support, and stretched and dried to prepare a base material a-1 having a thickness of 20 μm. Thereafter, the substrate a-1 was unwound in a roll form, and the above undercoat layer coating solution was applied to one surface (the surface serving as an adhesive interface with the coating layer) so that the dry film thickness was 90 nm. .
 (被覆層用組成液b-7の作製)
 旭化成ライフ&リビング(株)製「サランレジンR204」を12質量部、テトラヒドロフランを63質量部、ミキシングタンクに投入し、攪拌して各成分を溶解し、被覆層用組成液b-7を調製した。
(Preparation of composition liquid b-7 for coating layer)
12 parts by mass of “Saran Resin R204” manufactured by Asahi Kasei Life & Living Co., Ltd. and 63 parts by mass of tetrahydrofuran were charged into a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component, thereby preparing a coating layer composition liquid b-7.
 (保護フィルムF7の作製)
 片面に下塗り層用塗布液を塗布した基材a-1をロール形態で巻き出して、スロットダイを有するコーターを用いて、被覆層用組成液b-7を基材a-1上に直接押し出して塗布した。このとき、膜厚が5μmになるように搬送速度30m/分の条件で被覆層用組成液b-7を塗布し、80℃で5分間乾燥させて被覆層b-7を形成し、保護フィルムF7として巻き取った。すなわち、保護フィルムF7は、基材a-1上に被覆層b-7を積層した構成であり、全体の膜厚はほぼ25μmである。
(Preparation of protective film F7)
The substrate a-1 coated with the undercoat layer coating liquid on one side is unwound in a roll form, and the coating layer composition liquid b-7 is directly extruded onto the substrate a-1 using a coater having a slot die. And applied. At this time, the coating layer composition liquid b-7 was applied under the condition of a conveyance speed of 30 m / min so that the film thickness would be 5 μm, and dried at 80 ° C. for 5 minutes to form the coating layer b-7. Rolled up as F7. That is, the protective film F7 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-7 is laminated on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is approximately 25 μm.
 <保護フィルムF8の作製>
 上記ドラム流延装置を用い、基材用組成液a-1のみを流延支持体に流延して、延伸、乾燥させ、膜厚20μmの基材a-1を作製した。その後、基材a-1にコロナ処理を施し、そのコロナ処理面に混合物を塗布し、乾燥させて、厚さ100nmのアンカーコート層を形成した。上記の混合物とは、水酸基含有アクリル系樹脂(三菱レイヨン(株)製「ダイヤナールLR209」)に、イソシアネート基含有樹脂(住友バイエルウレタン(株)製「スミジュールN-3200」)を、前記水酸基に対する前記イソシアネート基の当量比が1:1になるように配合した混合物である。
<Preparation of protective film F8>
Using the drum casting apparatus, only the base material composition liquid a-1 was cast on a casting support, and stretched and dried to prepare a base material a-1 having a thickness of 20 μm. Thereafter, the substrate a-1 was subjected to corona treatment, and the mixture was applied to the corona-treated surface and dried to form an anchor coat layer having a thickness of 100 nm. The above mixture refers to a hydroxyl group-containing acrylic resin ("Dainal LR209" manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.) and an isocyanate group-containing resin ("Sumidule N-3200" manufactured by Sumitomo Bayer Urethane Co., Ltd.). It is a mixture blended so that the equivalent ratio of the isocyanate group to 1 is 1: 1.
 次に、真空蒸着装置を使用して2×10-3Paの真空下でSiOを加熱方式で蒸発させ、アンカーコート層上に厚さ40nmのSiOxの真空蒸着膜(PVD膜)を形成した。PVD無機層形成の際の基材の搬送速度は、250m/分であった。続いて、圧力を大気圧に戻すことなく、HMDSN(ヘキサメチルジシラザン)と窒素とArガスをモル比1:7:7の比率で導入し、0.4Paの真空下でプラズマとし、無機層面上にCVD無機層(SiOCN(酸化炭化窒化珪素)を形成した(炭素含有量2at.%、厚さ1nm)。CVD無機層形成の際の基材の搬送速度は、250m/分であった。 Next, SiO was evaporated by a heating method under a vacuum of 2 × 10 −3 Pa using a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, and a 40 nm thick SiOx vacuum vapor deposition film (PVD film) was formed on the anchor coat layer. The conveyance speed of the base material in forming the PVD inorganic layer was 250 m / min. Subsequently, without returning the pressure to atmospheric pressure, HMDSN (hexamethyldisilazane), nitrogen, and Ar gas were introduced at a molar ratio of 1: 7: 7 to form plasma under a vacuum of 0.4 Pa. A CVD inorganic layer (SiOCN (silicon oxycarbonitride) was formed thereon (carbon content: 2 at.%, Thickness: 1 nm). The substrate conveyance speed during the formation of the CVD inorganic layer was 250 m / min.
 その後、圧力を大気圧に戻すことなく、2×10-3Paの真空下でSiOを加熱方式で蒸発させ、CVD無機層上に厚さ40nmの無機層(SiOx)を被覆層b-8として形成し、保護フィルムF8を得た。すなわち、保護フィルムF8は、基材a-1上に被覆層b-8を積層した構成であり、全体の膜厚はほぼ20μmである。 Thereafter, without returning the pressure to atmospheric pressure, SiO is evaporated by a heating method under a vacuum of 2 × 10 −3 Pa, and an inorganic layer (SiOx) having a thickness of 40 nm is formed as a coating layer b-8 on the CVD inorganic layer. The protective film F8 was obtained. That is, the protective film F8 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-8 is laminated on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is approximately 20 μm.
 <保護フィルムF9の作製>
 上記ドラム流延装置を用い、基材用組成液a-1のみを流延支持体に流延して、延伸、乾燥させ、膜厚20μmの基材a-1を作製した。その後、保護フィルムF1の作製のときと同様の方法で、基材a-1上に被覆層用組成液b-2を塗布し、硬化させて、ドライ膜厚5μmの被覆層b-2を形成し、保護フィルムF9を得た。すなわち、保護フィルムF9は、基材a-1上に被覆層b-2を積層した構成であり、全体の膜厚は25μmである。
<Preparation of protective film F9>
Using the drum casting apparatus, only the base material composition liquid a-1 was cast on a casting support, and stretched and dried to prepare a base material a-1 having a thickness of 20 μm. Thereafter, the coating layer composition b-2 is applied onto the substrate a-1 and cured in the same manner as in the production of the protective film F1 to form a coating layer b-2 having a dry film thickness of 5 μm. Thus, a protective film F9 was obtained. That is, the protective film F9 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-2 is laminated on the base material a-1, and the total film thickness is 25 μm.
 <保護フィルムF13の作製>
 基材用組成液a-1と被覆層用組成液b-1とを用いた3層同時流延により、基材a-1の両側に被覆層b-1を形成し、一方の被覆層b-1上に被覆層b-2を形成した。それ以外は、保護フィルムF1の作製と同様の方法で保護フィルムF13を作製した。なお、保護フィルムF13では、各被覆層b-1の厚さをそれぞれ2.5μmとした。したがって、保護フィルムF13は、被覆層b-1、基材a-1、被覆層b-1および被覆層b-2をこの順で積層した構成であり、全体の膜厚は30μmである。
<Preparation of protective film F13>
The coating layer b-1 is formed on both sides of the base material a-1 by the three-layer simultaneous casting using the base material composition liquid a-1 and the coating layer composition liquid b-1, and one coating layer b A coating layer b-2 was formed on -1. Other than that produced the protective film F13 by the method similar to preparation of the protective film F1. In the protective film F13, the thickness of each coating layer b-1 was 2.5 μm. Therefore, the protective film F13 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-1, the base material a-1, the coating layer b-1, and the coating layer b-2 are laminated in this order, and the total film thickness is 30 μm.
 <保護フィルムF14の作製>
 (基材用組成液a-2の作製)
 下記の組成物をミキシングタンクに投入し、攪拌して各成分を溶解し、基材用組成液a-2を調製した。
 セルロースアセテート(アセチル置換度2.86)  100.0質量部
 スクロースオクタベンゾエート             5.0質量部
 前記紫外線吸収剤A                  2.0質量部
 偏光子耐久性改良剤(1-11)            8.0質量部
 メチレンクロライド(第1溶媒)          300.0質量部
 メタノール(第2溶媒)               75.0質量部
 n-ブタノール(第3溶媒)              4.0質量部
<Preparation of protective film F14>
(Preparation of composition liquid a-2 for substrate)
The following composition was placed in a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component to prepare a substrate composition liquid a-2.
Cellulose acetate (acetyl substitution degree 2.86) 100.0 parts by mass Sucrose octabenzoate 5.0 parts by mass UV absorber A 2.0 parts by mass Polarizer durability improver (1-11) 8.0 parts by mass Methylene Chloride (first solvent) 300.0 parts by mass Methanol (second solvent) 75.0 parts by mass n-butanol (third solvent) 4.0 parts by mass
 (保護フィルムF14の作製)
 基材用組成液a-1を基材用組成液a-2に変更し、2層同時流延により、基材a-2上に被覆層b-1を形成した以外は、保護フィルムF1の作製と同様の方法で保護フィルムF14を作製した。すなわち、保護フィルムF14は、基材a-2上に、被覆層b-1および被覆層b-2をこの順で積層した構成であり、全体の膜厚は30μmである。
(Preparation of protective film F14)
The protective film F1 was prepared except that the base material composition liquid a-1 was changed to the base material composition liquid a-2 and the coating layer b-1 was formed on the base material a-2 by two-layer simultaneous casting. A protective film F14 was produced by the same method as the production. That is, the protective film F14 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-1 and the coating layer b-2 are laminated in this order on the base material a-2, and the total film thickness is 30 μm.
 <保護フィルムF15の作製>
 (基材用組成液a-3の作製)
 下記の組成物をミキシングタンクに投入し、攪拌して各成分を溶解し、基材用組成液a-3を調製した。
 セルロースアセテート(アセチル置換度2.87)  100.0質量部
 第一工業化学社製モノペット(登録商標)SB      9.0質量部
 イーストマン・ケミカル社製SAIB100(可塑剤)  3.0質量部
 特定重合体(P-01)                4.0質量部
 前記紫外線吸収剤A                  2.0質量部
 メチレンクロライド(第1溶媒)          300.0質量部
 メタノール(第2溶媒)               75.0質量部
 n-ブタノール(第3溶媒)              4.0質量部
<Preparation of protective film F15>
(Preparation of composition liquid a-3 for substrate)
The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component to prepare a composition liquid a-3 for a substrate.
Cellulose acetate (acetyl substitution degree 2.87) 100.0 parts by mass Monopet (registered trademark) SB manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Kagaku Co. 9.0 parts by mass SAIB100 (plasticizer) manufactured by Eastman Chemical Co., Ltd. 3.0 parts by mass Polymer (P-01) 4.0 parts by mass UV absorber A 2.0 parts by mass Methylene chloride (first solvent) 300.0 parts by mass Methanol (second solvent) 75.0 parts by mass n-butanol (first 3 solvents) 4.0 parts by mass
 (保護フィルムF15の作製)
 基材用組成液a-1を基材用組成液a-3に変更し、2層同時流延により、基材a-3上に被覆層b-1を形成した以外は、保護フィルムF1の作製と同様の方法で保護フィルムF15を作製した。すなわち、保護フィルムF15は、基材a-3上に、被覆層b-1および被覆層b-2をこの順で積層した構成であり、全体の膜厚は30μmである。
(Preparation of protective film F15)
The protective film F1 was prepared except that the base material composition liquid a-1 was changed to the base material composition liquid a-3, and the coating layer b-1 was formed on the base material a-3 by simultaneous casting of two layers. A protective film F15 was produced by the same method as the production. That is, the protective film F15 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-1 and the coating layer b-2 are laminated in this order on the base material a-3, and the total film thickness is 30 μm.
 <保護フィルムF16の作製>
 (基材用組成液a-4の作製)
 下記の組成物をミキシングタンクに投入し、攪拌して各成分を溶解し、基材用組成液a-4を調製した。
 セルロースアセテート(アセチル置換度2.86)  100.0質量部
 前記ポリエステル系化合物(PE-1)        12.0質量部
 リタデーション上昇剤A                3.0質量部
 化合物X                       2.0質量部
 メチレンクロライド                400.0質量部
 メタノール                     60.0質量部
<Preparation of protective film F16>
(Preparation of composition liquid a-4 for substrate)
The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component to prepare a substrate composition liquid a-4.
Cellulose acetate (acetyl substitution degree 2.86) 100.0 parts by mass The polyester-based compound (PE-1) 12.0 parts by mass Retardation increasing agent A 3.0 parts by mass Compound X 2.0 parts by mass Methylene chloride 400.0 Parts by mass methanol 60.0 parts by mass
 なお、上記のリタデーション上昇剤Aは、以下の化学構造式で示されるものである。 In addition, said retardation raising agent A is shown with the following chemical structural formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 また、上記の化合物Xは、以下の化学構造式で示されるものである。 Further, the above compound X is represented by the following chemical structural formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 (保護フィルムF16の作製)
 基材用組成液a-1を基材用組成液a-4に変更し、2層同時流延により、基材a-4上に被覆層b-1を形成した以外は、保護フィルムF1の作製と同様の方法で保護フィルムF16を作製した。ただし、基材a-4の厚さは40μmとした。すなわち、保護フィルムF16は、基材a-4上に、被覆層b-1および被覆層b-2をこの順で積層した構成であり、全体の膜厚は50μmである。
(Preparation of protective film F16)
The protective film F1 was formed except that the base material composition liquid a-1 was changed to the base material composition liquid a-4, and the coating layer b-1 was formed on the base material a-4 by simultaneous casting of two layers. A protective film F16 was produced by the same method as the production. However, the thickness of the base material a-4 was 40 μm. That is, the protective film F16 has a configuration in which the coating layer b-1 and the coating layer b-2 are laminated in this order on the base material a-4, and the total film thickness is 50 μm.
 <保護フィルムF17の作製>
 以下のようにして、基材a-5を含む保護フィルムF17を作製した。
<Preparation of protective film F17>
A protective film F17 containing the base material a-5 was produced as follows.
 (スキン層用溶液の調製)
 下記のセルロースアシレート溶液1を100質量部、下記のマット剤分散液1を所定量混合し、スキン層用溶液を調製した。なお、上記所定量は、セルロースアシレート樹脂に対してマット剤微粒子が0.20質量部となる量である。
(Preparation of solution for skin layer)
100 parts by mass of the following cellulose acylate solution 1 and a predetermined amount of the following matting agent dispersion 1 were mixed to prepare a skin layer solution. The predetermined amount is such that the amount of the matting agent fine particles is 0.20 parts by mass with respect to the cellulose acylate resin.
 《セルロースアシレート溶液1》
 セルロースアセテート(アセチル置換度2.87)  100.0質量部
 ポリエステル系化合物(PE-2)          30.0質量部
 メチレンクロライド(第1溶媒)          350.0質量部
 メタノール(第2溶媒)               90.0質量部
 n-ブタノール(第3溶媒)              5.0質量部
<< Cellulose Acylate Solution 1 >>
Cellulose acetate (acetyl substitution degree 2.87) 100.0 parts by mass Polyester compound (PE-2) 30.0 parts by mass Methylene chloride (first solvent) 350.0 parts by mass Methanol (second solvent) 90.0 parts by mass N-Butanol (third solvent) 5.0 parts by mass
 なお、上記のポリエステル系化合物(PE-2)は、エタンジオール/1,2-プロパンジオール/アジピン酸(7/3/10(モル比))の縮合物の両末端がアセチルエステル体のものであり、その数平均分子量Mnは1000である。 The polyester compound (PE-2) has an acetyl ester form at both ends of the condensate of ethanediol / 1,2-propanediol / adipic acid (7/3/10 (molar ratio)). The number average molecular weight Mn is 1000.
 《マット剤分散液1》
 マット剤(アエロジルR972)            2.0質量部
 メチレンクロライド(第1溶媒)           70.0質量部
 メタノール(第2溶媒)               18.0質量部
 n-ブタノール(第3溶媒)              1.0質量部
 上記セルロースアシレート溶液1            1.0質量部
<< Matting Agent Dispersion 1 >>
Matting agent (Aerosil R972) 2.0 parts by weight Methylene chloride (first solvent) 70.0 parts by weight Methanol (second solvent) 18.0 parts by weight n-butanol (third solvent) 1.0 part by weight Rate solution 1 1.0 part by mass
 (コア用溶液の調製)
 下記の組成物をミキシングタンクに投入し、攪拌して各成分を溶解し、コア用溶液を調製した。
 セルロースアセテート(アセチル置換度2.87)  100.0質量部
 前記ポリエステル系化合物(PE-2)        30.0質量部
 前記紫外線吸収剤A                  2.0質量部
 メチレンクロライド(第1溶媒)          300.0質量部
 メタノール(第2溶媒)               75.0質量部
 n-ブタノール(第3溶媒)              4.0質量部
(Preparation of core solution)
The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component to prepare a core solution.
Cellulose acetate (acetyl substitution degree 2.87) 100.0 parts by mass The polyester-based compound (PE-2) 30.0 parts by mass The ultraviolet absorber A 2.0 parts by mass Methylene chloride (first solvent) 300.0 parts by mass Methanol (second solvent) 75.0 parts by mass n-Butanol (third solvent) 4.0 parts by mass
 (保護フィルムF17の作製)
 ドラム流延装置を用い、前記調製したコア層用溶液と、その両側にスキン層用溶液とを3層同時にステンレス製の流延支持体(支持体温度-9℃)に流延口から均一に流延した。各層の溶液中の残留溶媒量が略70質量%の状態で剥ぎ取り、フィルムの幅方向の両端をピンテンターで固定し、残留溶媒量が3~5質量%の状態で、横方向に1.28倍延伸しつつ乾燥した。その後、熱処理装置のロール間を搬送することによりさらに乾燥し、基材a-5を作製し、基材a-5単層で保護フィルムF17とした。得られた保護フィルムF17の厚みは25μm(エア側表層(スキン層)3μm、基層(コア層)19μm、支持体側表層(スキン層)3μm)であり、幅は1480mmであった。
(Preparation of protective film F17)
Using a drum casting apparatus, the core layer solution prepared above and the skin layer solution on both sides of the solution were uniformly applied to the stainless steel casting support (support temperature -9 ° C.) from the casting port. Casted. Stripped in a state where the amount of residual solvent in the solution of each layer is approximately 70% by mass, fixed both ends in the width direction of the film with a pin tenter, and 1.28 in the lateral direction when the amount of residual solvent was 3-5% by mass. The film was dried while being stretched twice. Thereafter, the substrate was further dried by being conveyed between rolls of a heat treatment apparatus to produce a base material a-5, and a protective film F17 was formed as a single layer of the base material a-5. The thickness of the obtained protective film F17 was 25 μm (air side surface layer (skin layer) 3 μm, base layer (core layer) 19 μm, support side surface layer (skin layer) 3 μm), and the width was 1480 mm.
 <保護フィルムF10の作製>
 ラクトン環構造を有する(メタ)アクリル系樹脂[共重合モノマーの重量比:メタクリル酸メチル/2-(ヒドロキシメチル)アクリル酸メチル=8/2;ラクトン環化率約100%]40重量部と、アクリロニトリル-スチレン(AS)樹脂{トーヨーAS AS20,東洋スチレン(株)製}60重量部の混合物を、メチレンクロライド250質量部、エタノール10質量部の溶媒に溶解させ、ステンレスベルト支持体上に均一に流延した。ステンレスバンド支持体で、残留溶剤量が75質量%になるまで溶剤を蒸発させ、ステンレスバンド支持体上から剥離し、多数のロールで搬送させながら乾燥を終了させ、膜厚20μmの基材a-6を保護フィルムF10として得た。
<Preparation of protective film F10>
40 parts by weight of a (meth) acrylic resin having a lactone ring structure [weight ratio of copolymerization monomer: methyl methacrylate / 2- (hydroxymethyl) methyl acrylate = 8/2; lactone cyclization rate of about 100%] A mixture of 60 parts by weight of acrylonitrile-styrene (AS) resin {Toyo AS AS20, manufactured by Toyo Styrene Co., Ltd.} is dissolved in a solvent of 250 parts by weight of methylene chloride and 10 parts by weight of ethanol, and uniformly on a stainless steel belt support. Casted. With the stainless steel band support, the solvent is evaporated until the residual solvent amount reaches 75% by weight, and the solvent is peeled off from the stainless steel band support, and dried while being transported by a number of rolls. 6 was obtained as a protective film F10.
 <保護フィルムF11>
 基材a-7として、東洋紡(株)製のエステルフィルムE5101(膜厚25μm、片面コロナ処理の二軸延伸ポリエステル系フィルム)を使用し、この基材a-7を保護フィルムF11として用いた。
<Protective film F11>
As the base material a-7, an ester film E5101 (biaxially stretched polyester film with a film thickness of 25 μm, single-sided corona treatment) manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd. was used, and this base material a-7 was used as the protective film F11.
 <保護フィルムF12の作製>
 ノルボルネン系樹脂〔日本ゼオン(株)、ゼオノア(登録商標)1420〕を250℃にて溶融押出して、延伸機にて延伸温度135℃にて幅手方向に2倍、および搬送方向に2倍延伸することにより、乾燥膜厚が20μmの基材a-8を得た。この基材a-8を保護フィルムF12として用いた。
<Preparation of protective film F12>
A norbornene resin [Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., ZEONOR (registered trademark) 1420] is melt-extruded at 250 ° C. and stretched at a stretching temperature of 135 ° C. in the width direction by 2 times and in the transport direction by 2 times. As a result, a base material a-8 having a dry film thickness of 20 μm was obtained. This base material a-8 was used as the protective film F12.
 <偏光板の作製>
 (偏光子1の作製)
 クラレ(株)製のポリビニルアルコールフィルム(平均重合度2400,ケン化度99モル%、商品名:VF‐PS2400)を、95℃の熱水中に溶解して、濃度10重量%のポリビニルアルコール水溶液を調製した。市販のPETフィルムに、上記ポリビニルアルコール水溶液を塗工した後、120℃で10分間乾燥させて、厚み20μmのポリビニルアルコール塗膜を形成した積層体を得た。上記積層体を、143℃の加熱下で、テンター装置を用いて、自由端一軸延伸により、延伸倍率5倍まで延伸して延伸積層体とした。
<Preparation of polarizing plate>
(Preparation of polarizer 1)
A polyvinyl alcohol film (average polymerization degree 2400, saponification degree 99 mol%, trade name: VF-PS2400) manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd. is dissolved in hot water at 95 ° C. to obtain a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution having a concentration of 10% by weight. Was prepared. After apply | coating the said polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution to a commercially available PET film, it was made to dry at 120 degreeC for 10 minute (s), and the laminated body which formed the 20-micrometer-thick polyvinyl alcohol coating film was obtained. The laminate was stretched to a stretch ratio of 5 times by free end uniaxial stretching using a tenter apparatus under heating at 143 ° C. to obtain a stretched laminate.
 次いで、前記延伸積層体を、張力を保持した状態で、30℃のヨウ素溶液(重量比:ヨウ素/ヨウ化カリウム/水=1/10/100)に60秒間浸漬した。その後、60℃で4分間乾燥を行い、塗布型偏光子であるPET付き偏光子を得た。得られたPET付き偏光子(延伸積層体)におけるポリビニルアルコール塗膜の厚みは10μmであった。 Next, the stretched laminate was immersed in an iodine solution (weight ratio: iodine / potassium iodide / water = 1/10/100) at 30 ° C. for 60 seconds while maintaining the tension. Then, it dried at 60 degreeC for 4 minute (s), and obtained the polarizer with PET which is a coating type polarizer. The thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol coating film in the obtained polarizer with PET (stretched laminate) was 10 μm.
 (偏光子2の作製)
 延伸前のポリビニルアルコール塗膜を10μmとした以外は、偏光子1の作製と同様の方法で、塗布型偏光子である厚さ5μmの偏光子2を得た。
(Preparation of polarizer 2)
A polarizer 2 having a thickness of 5 μm, which is a coating-type polarizer, was obtained in the same manner as the production of the polarizer 1 except that the polyvinyl alcohol coating film before stretching was changed to 10 μm.
 (偏光子3の作製)
 平均重合度2400、けん化度99.9%以上のPVA粉体を純水に溶解して10質量%になるように調整した水溶液を、ポリエステルフィルム上に塗布して40℃、3時間乾燥した後、さらに110℃、60分乾燥を行い、厚さ60μmのPVAフィルムを得た。得られたフィルムを30℃の温水で1分間膨潤させ、30℃のヨウ化カリウム/ヨウ素(質量比10:1)の水溶液に浸漬して1.5倍に縦一軸延伸した。ヨウ化カリウム/ヨウ素(質量比10:1)の水溶液のヨウ素濃度は、0.38質量%とした。
(Preparation of polarizer 3)
After applying an aqueous solution prepared by dissolving PVA powder having an average polymerization degree of 2400 and a saponification degree of 99.9% or more in pure water to 10% by mass on a polyester film and drying at 40 ° C. for 3 hours. Further, drying was performed at 110 ° C. for 60 minutes to obtain a PVA film having a thickness of 60 μm. The obtained film was swollen with warm water at 30 ° C. for 1 minute, immersed in an aqueous solution of potassium iodide / iodine (mass ratio 10: 1) at 30 ° C., and stretched uniaxially 1.5 times. The iodine concentration of the aqueous solution of potassium iodide / iodine (mass ratio 10: 1) was 0.38% by mass.
 次いで、50℃の4.25%のホウ酸水溶液中で、総延伸倍率が7倍になるように縦一軸延伸し、30℃の水浴に浸漬して水洗し、50℃、4分間乾燥し、厚さ15μmの偏光子3を得た。 Next, in a 4.25% boric acid aqueous solution at 50 ° C, the film was uniaxially stretched so that the total draw ratio was 7 times, immersed in a 30 ° C water bath, washed with water, dried at 50 ° C for 4 minutes, A polarizer 3 having a thickness of 15 μm was obtained.
 (偏光子4の作製)
 原反膜厚を100μmとした以外は、偏光子3の作製と同様の方法で、厚さ25μmの偏光子4を得た。
(Preparation of polarizer 4)
A polarizer 4 having a thickness of 25 μm was obtained in the same manner as the production of the polarizer 3 except that the original film thickness was changed to 100 μm.
 (偏光板の作製)
 上記作製した各保護フィルムF1~F17と、偏光子1~4とを、下記の表2の組み合わせとなるように貼合することで、偏光板P1~P22を作製した。
(Preparation of polarizing plate)
The protective films F1 to F17 produced above and the polarizers 1 to 4 were bonded so as to have the combinations shown in Table 2 below, thereby producing polarizing plates P1 to P22.
 ここで、保護フィルムの基材がセルロースエステルを含む場合(基材a-1~a-5参照)、以下のようにして保護フィルムと偏光子とを貼合した。 Here, when the substrate of the protective film contains a cellulose ester (see the substrates a-1 to a-5), the protective film and the polarizer were bonded as follows.
 上記作製したセルロースアセテートフィルムを40℃の2.5mol/L水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で90秒間アルカリ処理し、45秒間水洗し、10質量%HClにて30℃45秒間中和し、次いで30℃45秒間水洗して鹸化処理し、アルカリ処理フィルムを得た。そして、完全鹸化型ポリビニルアルコール5%水溶液を接着剤として、上記作製した偏光子とアルカリ処理フィルムとを貼合した。 The produced cellulose acetate film was alkali-treated with a 2.5 mol / L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution at 40 ° C. for 90 seconds, washed with water for 45 seconds, neutralized with 10% by mass HCl at 30 ° C. for 45 seconds, and then 30 ° C. for 45 seconds. It was washed with water and saponified to obtain an alkali-treated film. Then, the prepared polarizer and the alkali-treated film were bonded using a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol 5% aqueous solution as an adhesive.
 一方、保護フィルムの基材がセルロースエステル以外を含む場合(基材a-6~a-8参照)、以下のようにして保護フィルムと偏光子とを貼合した。 On the other hand, when the base material of the protective film contains other than cellulose ester (see base materials a-6 to a-8), the protective film and the polarizer were bonded as follows.
 N-ヒドロキシエチルアクリルアミド100重量部に、イルガキュア127を3重量部(チバジャパン(株)製)を配合してなる接着層用組成物を、マイクログラビアコーター(グラビアロール:#300、回転速度140%/ライン速)にて、硬化後の厚みが5μmとなるように塗布して、接着剤付き保護フィルムを得た。次に、接着剤付き保護フィルムの接着剤側と偏光子とをロール機にて貼り合わせた。その後、両側から紫外線を照射して接着剤を硬化させた。ライン速度は20m/minとし、保護フィルムに照射する紫外線の積算光量はそれぞれ200mJ/cmとした。 A composition for an adhesive layer comprising 100 parts by weight of N-hydroxyethylacrylamide and 3 parts by weight of Irgacure 127 (manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) as a micro gravure coater (gravure roll: # 300, rotational speed 140%). / Line speed) was applied so that the thickness after curing was 5 μm to obtain a protective film with an adhesive. Next, the adhesive side of the protective film with adhesive and the polarizer were bonded together with a roll machine. Thereafter, the adhesive was cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays from both sides. The line speed was 20 m / min, and the cumulative amount of ultraviolet light applied to the protective film was 200 mJ / cm 2 , respectively.
 <透湿度の評価>
 JIS Z-0208に準拠して、各保護フィルムF1~F17を、40℃、90%RHの環境下で24時間調湿した後、透湿試験装置を用いて、調湿前後での単位面積あたりの水分量(g/m)を算出した。そして、保護フィルム全体の透湿度を、(調湿後水分量)-(調湿前の水分量)により求めた。また、被覆層の透湿度については、基材単体の所定膜厚での透湿度を予め求めておき、前述した1/x=1/y+1/zの関係より算出した。なお、xは、保護フィルム全体の透湿度であり、yは基材の透湿度であり、zは被覆層の透湿度である。ここで、上記の被覆層とは、保護フィルムから基材を除いた全ての層を指す。また、透湿度の単位は、いずれもg/m/dayとする。各保護フィルムの層構成、各層の膜厚、透湿度をまとめて表1に示す。なお、表1では、各被覆層を、視認者側から、被覆層1、被覆層2、被覆層3としている。
<Evaluation of moisture permeability>
In accordance with JIS Z-0208, each protective film F1 to F17 is conditioned for 24 hours in an environment of 40 ° C. and 90% RH, and is then measured per unit area before and after humidity adjustment using a moisture permeability test device. The amount of water (g / m 2 ) was calculated. Then, the moisture permeability of the entire protective film was determined by (water content after humidity control) − (water content before humidity control). In addition, the moisture permeability of the coating layer was calculated in advance from the relationship of 1 / x = 1 / y + 1 / z, which was obtained in advance with a predetermined thickness of the base material alone. In addition, x is the water vapor transmission rate of the whole protective film, y is the water vapor transmission rate of a base material, and z is the water vapor transmission rate of a coating layer. Here, said coating layer refers to all the layers except a base material from the protective film. In addition, the unit of moisture permeability is g / m 2 / day. Table 1 shows the layer configuration of each protective film, the film thickness of each layer, and the moisture permeability. In Table 1, the coating layers are a coating layer 1, a coating layer 2, and a coating layer 3 from the viewer side.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
 <表示装置の評価>
 液晶表示パネルとして、従来公知のIPS型液晶表示パネルを用い、その視認側の偏光板を、作製した偏光板P1~P22に置き換えて、液晶表示装置を作製した。このとき、偏光板P1~P22は、視認者側の保護フィルムが最表面側(視認者側)となるように、アクリル系粘着剤を用いて当該パネルと貼り合わせた。
<Evaluation of display device>
A conventionally known IPS type liquid crystal display panel was used as the liquid crystal display panel, and the polarizing plate on the viewing side thereof was replaced with the prepared polarizing plates P1 to P22, thereby manufacturing a liquid crystal display device. At this time, the polarizing plates P1 to P22 were bonded to the panel using an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive so that the viewer-side protective film was on the outermost surface side (viewer side).
 作製したIPS型液晶表示装置を、60℃・90%RH24時間湿熱処理し、バックライト点灯2時間後の黒表示での輝度ムラ(強弱)、および色ムラ(黒とは異なる色の有無)の影響を、消灯した部屋および蛍光灯下において、それぞれ目視で以下の基準に基づいて評価した。その評価結果を表2に示す。
  <評価基準>
  ◎:輝度ムラまたは色ムラが、消灯した環境でも目視で見えない。
  ○:輝度ムラまたは色ムラが、消灯した環境だと目視で弱く見えるが、蛍光灯下では気にならない。
  ×:輝度ムラまたは色ムラが、蛍光灯下でも気になる。
The produced IPS-type liquid crystal display device was subjected to wet heat treatment at 60 ° C. and 90% RH for 24 hours, and luminance unevenness (strong / weak) and color unevenness (presence or absence of color different from black) after 2 hours of backlight lighting The influence was evaluated based on the following criteria by visual observation in a lighted room and under a fluorescent lamp. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
<Evaluation criteria>
A: Brightness unevenness or color unevenness is not visible even in an unlit environment.
○: Luminance unevenness or color unevenness appears to be weak visually in an extinguished environment, but does not bother under fluorescent lights.
X: Brightness unevenness or color unevenness is worrisome even under a fluorescent lamp.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
 表1および表2より、偏光板P8~P13およびP22を用いた液晶表示装置では、輝度ムラおよび色ムラの少なくとも一方が目視で観察されており、表示品位の低下が生じている。これは、以下の理由によるものと考えられる。 From Tables 1 and 2, in the liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plates P8 to P13 and P22, at least one of luminance unevenness and color unevenness is visually observed, and the display quality is deteriorated. This is considered to be due to the following reasons.
 偏光板P8の保護フィルムF8では、被覆層の透湿度が0.1g/m/day未満であり、1g/m/dayを確実に下回っている。つまり、この保護フィルムF8の被覆層は、バリア性が非常に高い。このため、高温時にセルロースエステルからなる基材にて偏光子からの水分を透過させても、その水分が、被覆層をほとんど透過することができず、その結果、上記水分によって偏光子が劣化して、表示品位が低下したものと考えられる。 In the protective film F8 of the polarizing plate P8, the moisture permeability of the coating layer is less than 0.1 g / m 2 / day, which is definitely below 1 g / m 2 / day. That is, the coating layer of the protective film F8 has a very high barrier property. For this reason, even if moisture from a polarizer is transmitted through a substrate made of cellulose ester at a high temperature, the moisture hardly penetrates the coating layer, and as a result, the polarizer deteriorates due to the moisture. Therefore, the display quality is considered to have deteriorated.
 偏光板P9の保護フィルムF9では、被覆層の透湿度が650g/m/dayと非常に高く、保護フィルム全体の透湿度も300g/m/dayをはるかに超える430g/m/dayとなっている。このため、大気中の水分が被覆層および基材を容易に透過して偏光子に到達しやすくなり、この水分によって偏光子が劣化し、表示品位が低下したものと考えられる。 In the protective film F9 of the polarizing plate P9, the moisture permeability of the coating layer is very high as 650 g / m 2 / day, and the moisture permeability of the entire protective film is also 430 g / m 2 / day, far exceeding 300 g / m 2 / day. It has become. For this reason, it is considered that moisture in the atmosphere easily passes through the coating layer and the base material and easily reaches the polarizer, and this moisture deteriorates the polarizer and lowers the display quality.
 偏光板P10~P12の保護フィルムF10~F12は、基材単層で構成されている(基材の視認側に被覆層が設けられていない)。上記基材は、セルロースエステル以外の樹脂、すなわち、アクリル樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ノルボルネン系樹脂であり、これらの樹脂の透湿度はセルロースエステルよりも低い。このため、高温時に偏光子が含有する水分を透過させることができず、その結果、上記水分が偏光子とフィルムの界面に溜まることによって偏光子が劣化して、表示品位の低下が生じたものと考えられる。 The protective films F10 to F12 of the polarizing plates P10 to P12 are composed of a single base material (no coating layer is provided on the viewing side of the base material). The base material is a resin other than cellulose ester, that is, an acrylic resin, a polyester resin, or a norbornene resin, and the moisture permeability of these resins is lower than that of cellulose ester. For this reason, the moisture contained in the polarizer cannot be transmitted at a high temperature, and as a result, the polarizer deteriorates due to the moisture remaining at the interface between the polarizer and the film, resulting in a deterioration in display quality. it is conceivable that.
 偏光板P13の保護フィルムF13では、基材と偏光子との間に被覆層(被覆層3)が介在しており、基材が偏光子と直接接触していない。このため、高温時に基材にて偏光子の水分をほとんど透過させることができず、その結果、上記水分によって偏光子が劣化し、表示品位が低下したものと考えられる。 In the protective film F13 of the polarizing plate P13, the coating layer (coating layer 3) is interposed between the base material and the polarizer, and the base material is not in direct contact with the polarizer. For this reason, the water | moisture content of a polarizer can hardly be permeate | transmitted with a base material at the time of high temperature, As a result, it is thought that a polarizer deteriorates with the said water | moisture content and the display quality fell.
 偏光板P22は、厚さ25μmの偏光子と保護フィルムF1とで構成されている。偏光子の厚さが15μmを超えているため、上記偏光子に元々含まれている水分の量は、薄膜偏光子に比べて多い。このため、高温時にセルロースエステルからなる基材にて偏光子から水分が透過しても、その水分の被覆層を介しての放散が追い付かず、その結果、上記水分によって偏光子が劣化して、表示品位が低下したものと考えられる。 The polarizing plate P22 is composed of a polarizer having a thickness of 25 μm and a protective film F1. Since the thickness of the polarizer exceeds 15 μm, the amount of moisture originally contained in the polarizer is larger than that of the thin film polarizer. For this reason, even when moisture permeates from the polarizer in the substrate made of cellulose ester at high temperature, the diffusion of the moisture through the coating layer does not catch up, and as a result, the polarizer deteriorates due to the moisture, It is considered that the display quality has deteriorated.
 これに対して、偏光板P1~P7、P14~P21を用いた液晶表示装置では、輝度ムラおよび色ムラが両方とも目視で観察されておらず、評価が良好となっている。これは、いずれの偏光板においても、偏光子が膜厚15μm以下の薄膜であり、偏光子に対して視認側の保護フィルムの被覆層の透湿度が1g/m/dayよりも大きく、保護フィルム全体の透湿度が300g/m/dayよりも小さいことにより、外部からの水分を被覆層によって偏光子側に通しにくくする一方で、高温条件下において、偏光子が含有する水分を、セルロースエステルからなる基材において透過させて被覆層を介して外部に逃がすことができ、これによって高温条件下での偏光子の劣化が抑えられているためと考えられる。 On the other hand, in the liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plates P1 to P7 and P14 to P21, both luminance unevenness and color unevenness are not visually observed, and the evaluation is good. In any polarizing plate, the polarizer is a thin film having a film thickness of 15 μm or less, the moisture permeability of the coating layer of the protective film on the viewing side with respect to the polarizer is larger than 1 g / m 2 / day, The moisture permeability of the whole film is smaller than 300 g / m 2 / day, so that it is difficult for moisture from the outside to pass through the polarizer side by the coating layer. This is presumably because the light can be transmitted through the substrate made of ester and escaped to the outside through the coating layer, thereby suppressing the deterioration of the polarizer under high temperature conditions.
 特に、表1および表2の結果より、被覆層の透湿度が、5g/m/day以上であり、保護フィルム全体の透湿度が、240g/m/day以下である場合、上記の効果を確実に得ることができると言える(偏光板P3、P6参照)。また、基材の膜厚が20μm以下で、かつ、被覆層の透湿度が150g/m/day以上である、という条件をさらに満足することにより、輝度ムラおよび色ムラの少なくとも一方を良好に抑えることができることから、偏光子劣化を抑える効果が非常に高いと言える(偏光板P1、P3~P5、P14、P15参照)。 In particular, from the results of Tables 1 and 2, when the moisture permeability of the coating layer is 5 g / m 2 / day or more and the moisture permeability of the entire protective film is 240 g / m 2 / day or less, the above effect is obtained. Can be reliably obtained (see polarizing plates P3 and P6). Further, by further satisfying the condition that the film thickness of the substrate is 20 μm or less and the moisture permeability of the coating layer is 150 g / m 2 / day or more, at least one of luminance unevenness and color unevenness is improved. Since it can be suppressed, it can be said that the effect of suppressing the deterioration of the polarizer is very high (refer to polarizing plates P1, P3-P5, P14, P15).
 なお、保護フィルムF6を用いた偏光板P6と、保護フィルムF8を用いた偏光板P8の評価の結果より、被覆層の透湿度の下限値としては、保護フィルムF6の被覆層の透湿度(5g/m/day)と、保護フィルムF8の被覆層の透湿度(0.1g/m/day未満)との間の値を考えることができるが、基材を透過した偏光子の水分を、被覆層を介して外部に逃がすためには、被覆層がハイバリア性を持たなければよい。これらのことから、被覆層の透湿度は、(ハイバリア性を示す値よりもはるかに大きい)1g/m/dayよりも大きければよいと言える。 In addition, from the result of evaluation of the polarizing plate P6 using the protective film F6 and the polarizing plate P8 using the protective film F8, the lower limit of the moisture permeability of the coating layer is the moisture permeability of the coating layer of the protective film F6 (5 g / M 2 / day) and the moisture permeability of the coating layer of the protective film F8 (less than 0.1 g / m 2 / day) can be considered. In order to escape to the outside through the coating layer, it is sufficient that the coating layer does not have a high barrier property. From these facts, it can be said that the moisture permeability of the coating layer should be larger than 1 g / m 2 / day (much larger than the value indicating high barrier properties).
 また、保護フィルムF3を用いた偏光板P3と、保護フィルムF9を用いた偏光板P9の評価の結果より、保護フィルム全体の透湿度の上限値としては、保護フィルムF3の透湿度(240g/m/day)と、保護フィルムF9の透湿度(430g/m/day)との中間の値(335g/m/day)を考えることができる。しかし、その中間の値よりも、さらに評価結果が良好な側に近づいた値、つまり、保護フィルムF3の透湿度に近づいた値(300g/m/day)であれば、評価結果が確実に良好になるものと考えられる。 Moreover, from the result of evaluation of the polarizing plate P3 using the protective film F3 and the polarizing plate P9 using the protective film F9, the upper limit value of the moisture permeability of the entire protective film is the moisture permeability (240 g / m of the protective film F3). 2 / day) and an intermediate value (335 g / m 2 / day) between the moisture permeability (430 g / m 2 / day) of the protective film F9 can be considered. However, if the evaluation result is closer to the better side than the intermediate value, that is, the value closer to the moisture permeability of the protective film F3 (300 g / m 2 / day), the evaluation result is assured. It is thought to improve.
 また、保護フィルムF4を用いた偏光板P4と、保護フィルムF7を用いた偏光板P7の評価の結果より、被覆層の透湿度の下限値としては、保護フィルムF4の被覆層の透湿度(150g/m/day)と、保護フィルムF7の被覆層の透湿度(30g/m/day)との間の値(50g/m/day)を考えることができ、その値よりも、さらに評価結果が良好な側に近づいた値、つまり、保護フィルムF4の透湿度に近づいた値(100g/m/day)であれば、評価結果が確実に良好になるものと考えられる。 Moreover, from the result of evaluation of the polarizing plate P4 using the protective film F4 and the polarizing plate P7 using the protective film F7, the lower limit value of the moisture permeability of the coating layer is the moisture permeability (150 g) of the coating layer of the protective film F4. / M 2 / day) and the value (50 g / m 2 / day) between the moisture permeability (30 g / m 2 / day) of the coating layer of the protective film F7 can be considered, and more than that value If the evaluation result is a value close to a good side, that is, a value close to the moisture permeability of the protective film F4 (100 g / m 2 / day), the evaluation result is considered to be surely good.
 以上より、被覆層の透湿度の下限値は、1g/m/dayであり、好ましくは5g/m/dayであり、より好ましくは50g/m/dayであり、より一層好ましくは100g/m/dayであり、さらに好ましくは150g/m/dayであると言える。また、保護フィルム全体の透湿度の上限値は、300g/m/dayであり、好ましくは240g/m/dayであると言える。 From the above, the lower limit of the moisture permeability of the coating layer is 1 g / m 2 / day, preferably 5 g / m 2 / day, more preferably 50 g / m 2 / day, and even more preferably 100 g. / M 2 / day, more preferably 150 g / m 2 / day. Moreover, it can be said that the upper limit of the water vapor transmission rate of the whole protective film is 300 g / m < 2 > / day, Preferably it is 240 g / m < 2 > / day.
 以上で説明した本実施形態の偏光板、偏光板の製造方法、および画像表示装置は、以下のように表現することができる。 The polarizing plate, the manufacturing method of the polarizing plate, and the image display device of the present embodiment described above can be expressed as follows.
 1.偏光子と、該偏光子を保護する保護フィルムとを有する偏光板であって、
 前記偏光子は、膜厚が15μm以下の、ポリビニルアルコールを含有するフィルムからなり、
 前記保護フィルムは、前記偏光子側から、セルロースエステルからなる基材と、少なくとも1層の被覆層とをこの順で有しており、
 前記基材と前記偏光子とは、隣接しており、
 前記基材の厚みは、80μm以下であり、
 前記被覆層の透湿度が、1g/m/dayよりも大きく、
 前記保護フィルム全体の透湿度が、300g/m/dayよりも小さいことを特徴とする偏光板。
1. A polarizing plate having a polarizer and a protective film for protecting the polarizer,
The polarizer is made of a film containing polyvinyl alcohol having a film thickness of 15 μm or less,
The protective film has a base material made of cellulose ester and at least one coating layer in this order from the polarizer side,
The substrate and the polarizer are adjacent to each other,
The substrate has a thickness of 80 μm or less,
The moisture permeability of the coating layer is greater than 1 g / m 2 / day,
A polarizing plate, wherein the moisture permeability of the entire protective film is smaller than 300 g / m 2 / day.
 2.前記被覆層の透湿度が、50g/m/dayよりも大きく、
 前記保護フィルムの膜厚が、30μm以下であることを特徴とする前記1に記載の偏光板。
2. The moisture permeability of the coating layer is greater than 50 g / m 2 / day,
2. The polarizing plate as described in 1 above, wherein the protective film has a thickness of 30 μm or less.
 3. 前記被覆層に、バインダー成分と層状無機化合物とが含まれていることを特徴とする前記1または2に記載の偏光板。 3. The polarizing plate as described in 1 or 2 above, wherein the coating layer contains a binder component and a layered inorganic compound.
 4.前記基材は、偏光子耐久性改良剤を含むことを特徴とする前記1から3のいずれかに記載の偏光板。 4. 4. The polarizing plate according to any one of 1 to 3, wherein the base material contains a polarizer durability improving agent.
 5.前記偏光子耐久性改良剤は、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物を含むことを特徴とする前記4に記載の偏光板。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 一般式(1)中、Rは置換基を表し、Rは下記一般式(1-2)で表される基を表し、n1は0~4の整数を表し、n1が2以上のとき、複数のRは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、n2は1~5の整数を表し、n2が2以上のとき、複数のRは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
5. 5. The polarizing plate according to 4 above, wherein the polarizer durability improving agent contains a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
In general formula (1), R 1 represents a substituent, R 2 represents a group represented by the following general formula (1-2), n1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when n1 is 2 or more The plurality of R 1 may be the same or different from each other, n2 represents an integer of 1 to 5, and when n2 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 2 may be the same or different from each other Good.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 一般式(1-2)中、Aは置換又は無置換の芳香族環を表し、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、又は下記一般式(1-3)で表される基を表し、Rは、単結合又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキレン基を表し、Xは、置換又は無置換の芳香族環を表し、n3は0~10の整数を表し、n3が2以上のとき、複数のR及びXは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
In general formula (1-2), A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring, and R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or the following general formula Represents a group represented by (1-3), R 5 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, X represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring, and n3 represents 0 to Represents an integer of 10, and when n3 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 5 and X may be the same or different from each other.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 一般式(1-3)において、Xは、置換又は無置換の芳香族環を表し、R、R、R、及びRは、それぞれ独立に水素原子又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表し、n5は1~11の整数を表し、n5が2以上のとき、複数のR、R、R、R及びXは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
In the general formula (1-3), X 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring, and R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 N5 represents an integer of 1 to 11, and when n5 is 2 or more, a plurality of R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and X 1 may be the same or different from each other Good.
 6.前記偏光子耐久性改良剤は、下記一般式(2)で表される化合物を含むことを特徴とする前記4または5に記載の偏光板。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 一般式(2)において、R26はアルキル基、アルケニル基又はアリール基を表し、R27及びR28はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、R29は水素原子を表す。R26、R27、及びR28はそれぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい。ただし、R26、R27及びR28のいずれか少なくとも1つは芳香環を含む。
6). 6. The polarizing plate as described in 4 or 5 above, wherein the polarizer durability improver comprises a compound represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
In the general formula (2), R 26 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group, R 27 and R 28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and R 29 represents a hydrogen atom. R 26 , R 27 , and R 28 may each independently have a substituent. However, at least one of R 26 , R 27 and R 28 contains an aromatic ring.
 7.前記基材は、下記一般式(3)で表される特定重合体を含むことを特徴とする前記1から6のいずれかに記載の偏光板。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 一般式(3)において、R21、R22、R23、及びR24はそれぞれ独立に置換基を表す。xはモル比で0~40を表す。yはモル比で5~95を表す。zはモル比で0~70を表す。m1、m2は0~4の整数を表す。m3は0~2の整数を表す。m4は0~5の整数を表す。R101、R102、R103は水素原子又は炭素数1~4の脂肪族基を表す。
7). The polarizing plate according to any one of 1 to 6, wherein the base material contains a specific polymer represented by the following general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
In the general formula (3), R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 each independently represent a substituent. x represents 0 to 40 in molar ratio. y represents a molar ratio of 5 to 95. z represents a molar ratio of 0 to 70. m1 and m2 each represents an integer of 0 to 4. m3 represents an integer of 0-2. m4 represents an integer of 0 to 5. R 101 , R 102 and R 103 represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 8.前記偏光子に対して前記保護フィルムと反対側に、光学フィルムをさらに有しており、
 前記光学フィルムが、セルロースエステルフィルムであることを特徴とする前記1から7のいずれかに記載の偏光板
8). It further has an optical film on the side opposite to the protective film with respect to the polarizer,
The polarizing plate as described in any one of 1 to 7 above, wherein the optical film is a cellulose ester film.
 9.前記光学フィルムの厚みが、25μm以下であることを特徴とする前記8に記載の偏光板。 9. 9. The polarizing plate as described in 8 above, wherein the optical film has a thickness of 25 μm or less.
 10.前記被覆層が、ポリマーシランカップリング剤で被覆されてなる微粒子を含むことを特徴とする前記1から9のいずれかに記載の偏光板。 10. 10. The polarizing plate according to any one of 1 to 9, wherein the coating layer contains fine particles formed by coating with a polymer silane coupling agent.
 11.前記保護フィルムにおいて、下記式で表される面内方向のリタデーションRoが、30nm以上であることを特徴とする前記1から10のいずれかに記載の偏光板。
  Ro=(nx-ny)×t(nm)
 ただし、nxは、前記保護フィルムの面内方向において屈折率が最大になる遅相軸方向の屈折率を表し、nyは、前記保護フィルムの面内方向において前記遅相軸方向と直交する方向の屈折率を表し、t(nm)は、前記保護フィルムの厚みを表す。
11. 11. The polarizing plate as described in any one of 1 to 10 above, wherein in the protective film, retardation Ro in the in-plane direction represented by the following formula is 30 nm or more.
Ro = (nx−ny) × t (nm)
However, nx represents the refractive index in the slow axis direction in which the refractive index is maximum in the in-plane direction of the protective film, and ny is in the direction orthogonal to the slow axis direction in the in-plane direction of the protective film. The refractive index is represented, and t (nm) represents the thickness of the protective film.
 12.液晶セルを視認側偏光板とバックライト側偏光板とで挟持してなり、
 前記視認側偏光板が、前記1から11のいずれかに記載の偏光板であることを特徴とする液晶表示装置。
12 The liquid crystal cell is sandwiched between the viewing side polarizing plate and the backlight side polarizing plate,
The liquid crystal display device, wherein the viewing side polarizing plate is the polarizing plate according to any one of 1 to 11 above.
 13.前記1から11のいずれかに記載の偏光板の製造方法であって、
 前記保護フィルムとは別のフィルムを基板として用い、前記基板上に前記ポリビニルアルコールを含有するフィルムを積層した積層体を延伸し、前記フィルムを染色して前記偏光子を形成する工程と、
 前記偏光子における前記基板とは反対側の面を、前記保護フィルムの前記基材に貼り合わせる工程とを有していることを特徴とする偏光板の製造方法。
13 It is a manufacturing method of the polarizing plate in any one of said 1-11,
Using a film different from the protective film as a substrate, stretching a laminate obtained by laminating the film containing the polyvinyl alcohol on the substrate, and dyeing the film to form the polarizer;
The manufacturing method of the polarizing plate characterized by having the process of bonding the surface on the opposite side to the said board | substrate in the said polarizer on the said base material of the said protective film.
 本発明の偏光板は、液晶表示装置などの表示装置に利用可能である。 The polarizing plate of the present invention can be used for a display device such as a liquid crystal display device.
   1   液晶表示装置(表示装置)
   4   液晶セル
   5   偏光板(視認側偏光板)
   6   偏光板(バックライト側偏光板)
  11   偏光子
  12   光学フィルム(保護フィルム)
  13   光学フィルム
  21   基材
  22   被覆層
  31   基板
1 Liquid crystal display device (display device)
4 Liquid crystal cell 5 Polarizing plate (viewing side polarizing plate)
6 Polarizing plate (Backlight side polarizing plate)
11 Polarizer 12 Optical film (protective film)
13 Optical Film 21 Base Material 22 Coating Layer 31 Substrate

Claims (13)

  1.  偏光子と、該偏光子を保護する保護フィルムとを有する偏光板であって、
     前記偏光子は、膜厚が15μm以下の、ポリビニルアルコールを含有するフィルムからなり、
     前記保護フィルムは、前記偏光子側から、セルロースエステルからなる基材と、少なくとも1層の被覆層とをこの順で有しており、
     前記基材と前記偏光子とは、隣接しており、
     前記基材の厚みは、80μm以下であり、
     前記被覆層の透湿度が、1g/m/dayよりも大きく、
     前記保護フィルム全体の透湿度が、300g/m/dayよりも小さいことを特徴とする偏光板。
    A polarizing plate having a polarizer and a protective film for protecting the polarizer,
    The polarizer is made of a film containing polyvinyl alcohol having a film thickness of 15 μm or less,
    The protective film has a base material made of cellulose ester and at least one coating layer in this order from the polarizer side,
    The substrate and the polarizer are adjacent to each other,
    The substrate has a thickness of 80 μm or less,
    The moisture permeability of the coating layer is greater than 1 g / m 2 / day,
    A polarizing plate, wherein the moisture permeability of the entire protective film is smaller than 300 g / m 2 / day.
  2.  前記被覆層の透湿度が、50g/m/dayよりも大きく、
     前記保護フィルムの膜厚が、30μm以下であることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の偏光板。
    The moisture permeability of the coating layer is greater than 50 g / m 2 / day,
    The polarizing plate according to claim 1, wherein the protective film has a thickness of 30 μm or less.
  3.  前記被覆層に、バインダー成分と層状無機化合物とが含まれていることを特徴とする請求項1または2に記載の偏光板。 The polarizing plate according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the coating layer contains a binder component and a layered inorganic compound.
  4.  前記基材は、偏光子耐久性改良剤を含むことを特徴とする請求項1から3のいずれかに記載の偏光板。 4. The polarizing plate according to claim 1, wherein the base material contains a polarizer durability improving agent.
  5.  前記偏光子耐久性改良剤は、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物を含むことを特徴とする請求項4に記載の偏光板。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     一般式(1)中、Rは置換基を表し、Rは下記一般式(1-2)で表される基を表し、n1は0~4の整数を表し、n1が2以上のとき、複数のRは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、n2は1~5の整数を表し、n2が2以上のとき、複数のRは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     一般式(1-2)中、Aは置換又は無置換の芳香族環を表し、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、又は下記一般式(1-3)で表される基を表し、Rは、単結合又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキレン基を表し、Xは、置換又は無置換の芳香族環を表し、n3は0~10の整数を表し、n3が2以上のとき、複数のR及びXは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     一般式(1-3)において、Xは、置換又は無置換の芳香族環を表し、R、R、R、及びRは、それぞれ独立に水素原子又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表し、n5は1~11の整数を表し、n5が2以上のとき、複数のR、R、R、R及びXは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
    The polarizing plate according to claim 4, wherein the polarizer durability improver comprises a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In general formula (1), R 1 represents a substituent, R 2 represents a group represented by the following general formula (1-2), n1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when n1 is 2 or more The plurality of R 1 may be the same or different from each other, n2 represents an integer of 1 to 5, and when n2 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 2 may be the same or different from each other Good.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In general formula (1-2), A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring, and R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or the following general formula Represents a group represented by (1-3), R 5 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, X represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring, and n3 represents 0 to Represents an integer of 10, and when n3 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 5 and X may be the same or different from each other.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    In the general formula (1-3), X 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring, and R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 N5 represents an integer of 1 to 11, and when n5 is 2 or more, a plurality of R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and X 1 may be the same or different from each other Good.
  6.  前記偏光子耐久性改良剤は、下記一般式(2)で表される化合物を含むことを特徴とする請求項4または5に記載の偏光板。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     一般式(2)において、R26はアルキル基、アルケニル基又はアリール基を表し、R27及びR28はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、R29は水素原子を表す。R26、R27、及びR28はそれぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい。ただし、R26、R27及びR28のいずれか少なくとも1つは芳香環を含む。
    The polarizing plate according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the polarizer durability improver comprises a compound represented by the following general formula (2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    In the general formula (2), R 26 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group, R 27 and R 28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and R 29 represents a hydrogen atom. R 26 , R 27 , and R 28 may each independently have a substituent. However, at least one of R 26 , R 27 and R 28 contains an aromatic ring.
  7.  前記基材は、下記一般式(3)で表される特定重合体を含むことを特徴とする請求項1から6のいずれかに記載の偏光板。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
     一般式(3)において、R21、R22、R23、及びR24はそれぞれ独立に置換基を表す。xはモル比で0~40を表す。yはモル比で5~95を表す。zはモル比で0~70を表す。m1、m2は0~4の整数を表す。m3は0~2の整数を表す。m4は0~5の整数を表す。R101、R102、R103は水素原子又は炭素数1~4の脂肪族基を表す。
    The polarizing plate according to claim 1, wherein the base material contains a specific polymer represented by the following general formula (3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    In the general formula (3), R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 each independently represent a substituent. x represents 0 to 40 in molar ratio. y represents a molar ratio of 5 to 95. z represents a molar ratio of 0 to 70. m1 and m2 each represents an integer of 0 to 4. m3 represents an integer of 0-2. m4 represents an integer of 0 to 5. R 101 , R 102 and R 103 represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  8.  前記偏光子に対して前記保護フィルムと反対側に、光学フィルムをさらに有しており、
     前記光学フィルムが、セルロースエステルフィルムであることを特徴とする請求項1から7のいずれかに記載の偏光板
    It further has an optical film on the side opposite to the protective film with respect to the polarizer,
    The polarizing plate according to claim 1, wherein the optical film is a cellulose ester film.
  9.  前記光学フィルムの厚みが、25μm以下であることを特徴とする請求項8に記載の偏光板。 The polarizing plate according to claim 8, wherein the optical film has a thickness of 25 μm or less.
  10.  前記被覆層が、ポリマーシランカップリング剤で被覆されてなる微粒子を含むことを特徴とする請求項1から9のいずれかに記載の偏光板。 The polarizing plate according to claim 1, wherein the coating layer includes fine particles formed by coating with a polymer silane coupling agent.
  11.  前記保護フィルムにおいて、下記式で表される面内方向のリタデーションRoが、30nm以上であることを特徴とする請求項1から10のいずれかに記載の偏光板。
      Ro=(nx-ny)×t(nm)
     ただし、nxは、前記保護フィルムの面内方向において屈折率が最大になる遅相軸方向の屈折率を表し、nyは、前記保護フィルムの面内方向において前記遅相軸方向と直交する方向の屈折率を表し、t(nm)は、前記保護フィルムの厚みを表す。
    11. The polarizing plate according to claim 1, wherein in the protective film, retardation Ro in the in-plane direction represented by the following formula is 30 nm or more.
    Ro = (nx−ny) × t (nm)
    However, nx represents the refractive index in the slow axis direction in which the refractive index is maximum in the in-plane direction of the protective film, and ny is in the direction orthogonal to the slow axis direction in the in-plane direction of the protective film. The refractive index is represented, and t (nm) represents the thickness of the protective film.
  12.  液晶セルを視認側偏光板とバックライト側偏光板とで挟持してなり、
     前記視認側偏光板が、請求項1から11のいずれかに記載の偏光板であることを特徴とする液晶表示装置。
    The liquid crystal cell is sandwiched between the viewing side polarizing plate and the backlight side polarizing plate,
    The liquid crystal display device, wherein the viewing side polarizing plate is the polarizing plate according to claim 1.
  13.  請求項1から11のいずれかに記載の偏光板の製造方法であって、
     前記保護フィルムとは別のフィルムを基板として用い、前記基板上に前記ポリビニルアルコールを含有するフィルムを積層した積層体を延伸し、前記フィルムを染色して前記偏光子を形成する工程と、
     前記偏光子における前記基板とは反対側の面を、前記保護フィルムの前記基材に貼り合わせる工程とを有していることを特徴とする偏光板の製造方法。
    A method for producing a polarizing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 11,
    Using a film different from the protective film as a substrate, stretching a laminate obtained by laminating the film containing the polyvinyl alcohol on the substrate, and dyeing the film to form the polarizer;
    The manufacturing method of the polarizing plate characterized by having the process of bonding the surface on the opposite side to the said board | substrate in the said polarizer on the said base material of the said protective film.
PCT/JP2015/061600 2014-07-25 2015-04-15 Polarizing plate, method for producing polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device WO2016013260A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016535813A JPWO2016013260A1 (en) 2014-07-25 2015-04-15 Polarizing plate, manufacturing method of polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014152088 2014-07-25
JP2014-152088 2014-07-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016013260A1 true WO2016013260A1 (en) 2016-01-28

Family

ID=55162799

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/061600 WO2016013260A1 (en) 2014-07-25 2015-04-15 Polarizing plate, method for producing polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2016013260A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2016013260A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016148841A (en) * 2015-02-09 2016-08-18 住友化学株式会社 Manufacturing method of laminated polarizing plate and manufacturing method of polarizing plate
WO2018147284A1 (en) * 2017-02-08 2018-08-16 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive composition for polarizing films, polarizing film, optical film and image display device
JP2018127610A (en) * 2017-02-08 2018-08-16 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive composition for polarizing films, polarizing film, optical film and image display device
WO2021225117A1 (en) * 2020-05-08 2021-11-11 日東電工株式会社 Image display panel and image display device
JP2022046029A (en) * 2020-09-10 2022-03-23 住友化学株式会社 Optical laminate
JP7681426B2 (en) 2020-05-08 2025-05-22 日東電工株式会社 Image display panel and image display device

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001235625A (en) * 2000-02-22 2001-08-31 Nitto Denko Corp Polarizing plate
JP2007219110A (en) * 2006-02-16 2007-08-30 Nippon Zeon Co Ltd Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2009083223A (en) * 2007-09-28 2009-04-23 Jgc Catalysts & Chemicals Ltd Manufacturing method of polymer silane coupling agent coated metal oxide particles used for base material with hard coat film, coating solution for forming hard coat film and hard coat film
JP2009098636A (en) * 2007-09-27 2009-05-07 Fujifilm Corp Optical film, polarizer, and liquid crystal display
JP2010197991A (en) * 2009-01-30 2010-09-09 Nitto Denko Corp Method of producing laminated film
JP2013174861A (en) * 2012-01-25 2013-09-05 Fujifilm Corp Polarizing plate and manufacturing method thereof, and liquid crystal display device
JP2013174851A (en) * 2011-04-21 2013-09-05 Fujifilm Corp Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP5519760B1 (en) * 2012-11-30 2014-06-11 日東電工株式会社 Active energy ray-curable adhesive composition, polarizing film and method for producing the same, optical film and image display device

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001235625A (en) * 2000-02-22 2001-08-31 Nitto Denko Corp Polarizing plate
JP2007219110A (en) * 2006-02-16 2007-08-30 Nippon Zeon Co Ltd Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2009098636A (en) * 2007-09-27 2009-05-07 Fujifilm Corp Optical film, polarizer, and liquid crystal display
JP2009083223A (en) * 2007-09-28 2009-04-23 Jgc Catalysts & Chemicals Ltd Manufacturing method of polymer silane coupling agent coated metal oxide particles used for base material with hard coat film, coating solution for forming hard coat film and hard coat film
JP2010197991A (en) * 2009-01-30 2010-09-09 Nitto Denko Corp Method of producing laminated film
JP2013174851A (en) * 2011-04-21 2013-09-05 Fujifilm Corp Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2013174861A (en) * 2012-01-25 2013-09-05 Fujifilm Corp Polarizing plate and manufacturing method thereof, and liquid crystal display device
JP5519760B1 (en) * 2012-11-30 2014-06-11 日東電工株式会社 Active energy ray-curable adhesive composition, polarizing film and method for producing the same, optical film and image display device

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016148841A (en) * 2015-02-09 2016-08-18 住友化学株式会社 Manufacturing method of laminated polarizing plate and manufacturing method of polarizing plate
WO2018147284A1 (en) * 2017-02-08 2018-08-16 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive composition for polarizing films, polarizing film, optical film and image display device
JP2018127610A (en) * 2017-02-08 2018-08-16 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive composition for polarizing films, polarizing film, optical film and image display device
JP2019003201A (en) * 2017-02-08 2019-01-10 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive composition for polarizing films, polarizing film, optical film and image display device
CN110168035A (en) * 2017-02-08 2019-08-23 日东电工株式会社 Polarizing coating adhesive composite, polarizing coating, optical film and image display device
CN110168035B (en) * 2017-02-08 2022-03-11 日东电工株式会社 Adhesive composition for polarizing film, optical film, and image display device
CN114561172A (en) * 2017-02-08 2022-05-31 日东电工株式会社 Adhesive composition for polarizing film, optical film, and image display device
CN114561172B (en) * 2017-02-08 2024-02-06 日东电工株式会社 Adhesive composition for polarizing film, optical film, and image display device
WO2021225117A1 (en) * 2020-05-08 2021-11-11 日東電工株式会社 Image display panel and image display device
JP7681426B2 (en) 2020-05-08 2025-05-22 日東電工株式会社 Image display panel and image display device
JP2022046029A (en) * 2020-09-10 2022-03-23 住友化学株式会社 Optical laminate
JP7642589B2 (en) 2020-09-10 2025-03-10 住友化学株式会社 Optical laminate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2016013260A1 (en) 2017-06-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10253201B2 (en) Composition for polarizing plate, polarizing plate protective film, cellulose acylate film, polarizer, polarizing plate, and display
TWI569967B (en) A polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the same
TWI432319B (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid-crystal display device
WO2016013260A1 (en) Polarizing plate, method for producing polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
WO2005061595A1 (en) Oriented cellulose ester film, hard coat film, reflection prevention film, optical compensation film and, utilizing these, polarizing plate and display
TW200925675A (en) Polarizing plate, manufacturing method therefor, optical film and image display
TW201434630A (en) Optical film and method for producing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
TW201445175A (en) Polarizer and image display device
WO2015133160A1 (en) Functional film, polarizing plate and display device
KR20160095996A (en) Polarizing plate comprising blue light absorber
JP6102738B2 (en) ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENCE DISPLAY DEVICE, MANUFACTURING METHOD FOR CIRCULAR POLARIZED PLATE, AND LONG λ / 4 PLATE
CN101452091B (en) Polarization plate and liquid crystal device using the same
JP7192797B2 (en) Laminate for polarizing plate, polarizing plate, laminate film roll, method for producing laminate for polarizing plate, and method for producing polarizing plate
JPWO2014178178A1 (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
TWI815466B (en) Optical film and manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate, and image display device
WO2020153233A1 (en) Layered body, polarizing plate, method for producing layered body, method for producing polarizing plate, and method for producing display device
TWI770876B (en) Polarizing plate and organic electroluminescence display device
JP5724847B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence stereoscopic image display system
CN118671871A (en) Polarizing plate and image display device
JP4953885B2 (en) Protective film for polarizing plate, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
TWI750736B (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and organic EL display device
JP7226334B2 (en) Polarizing plate laminate, polarizing plate, polarizing plate laminate film roll, and method for producing polarizing plate
JP2009025671A (en) Polarizing plate protective film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display apparatus
JP2008069235A (en) Optical film, retardation film and polarizing plate
CN115151848A (en) Polarizing plate and organic electroluminescence display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15825148

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016535813

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15825148

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

点击 这是indexloc提供的php浏览器服务,不要输入任何密码和下载